A Study on Training Need Assessment Of Industrial employees in ldquoMetal amp Steel

Factory Ishaporerdquo

SUMMER INTERNSHIP PROJECT REPORT

SUBMITTED TOWARDS PARTIAL FULFILLMENT OF

MASTERS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

(Affiliated to MAKAUT)

(Approved by AICTE Govt Of India)

ACADEMIC SESSION

2016-2017

Submitted By Student name Zubair Inam BarbhuiyaStream MBA ( HR)Roll No 10400915162Batch 2015-2017

Company Guide Faculty GuideName PK Pattnayak Name ProfRameswar DattaDesignation DGMadminName of Comapany Metal amp Steel factory Ishapore

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENTD1 Sector V Salt Lake Electronics Complex

Kolkata 700091

This is to certify that the project work entitled ldquoTraining need assessment of Industrial employees in metal amp Steel factory Ishaporerdquo is a bonafide workcarried out by Zubair Inam Barbhuiya a candidate of the MBA (Batch 2015-17)Institute of Engineering and Management Kolkata under my guidance anddirection

_____________________________ Signature

(Prof Rameswar Datta)IEM Faculty of ManagementKolkata

Acknowledgement Every project big or small is successful largely due to the effort of a number of wonderful people who have always given their valuable advice or lent a helping hand I sincerely appreciate the inspiration support and guidance of all those people who have been instrumental in making this project a success

I Zubair Inam Barbhuiya student of Institute Of Engineering amp Management (Management House) am extremely grateful to ldquoMetal amp Steel Factoryrdquo for the confidence bestowed in me and entrusting my project entitled ldquoTraining Need Assessment of Industrial Employeesrdquo

I am using this opportunity to express my gratitude to everyone who supported me throughout the course of this MBA project I am thankful for their aspiring guidance invaluably constructive criticism and friendy advice during the project work I am sincerely grateful to them for sharing their truthful and illuminating views on a number of issues related to the project

I express my warm thanks to Mr P k Pattnayak DGMAdmin Mr RN Jha DGM amp Mr for their support and guidance at Metal amp Steel Factory (A unit Indian Ordinance Board Ministry Of Defence) Ishapore

I express my gratitude to College Director Prof PK Misra for arranging the summer training in good schedule I also extend my gratitude to my Project Guide Prof Rameswar Datta who assisted me in compiling the project

I would also like to thank all the faculty members of Institute Of Engineering amp management for their critical advice and guidance without which this project would not have been possible

Last but not the least I place a deep sense of gratitude to my family members and my friends who have been constant source of inspiration during the preparation of this project work

Thank you

Zubair Inam Barbhuiya

Executive Summary

The purpose of a training needs assessment is to identify performance requirements and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by an agencys workforce to achieve the requirements An effective training needs assessment will help direct resources to areas of greatest demand The assessment should address resources needed to fulfil organizational mission improve productivity and provide quality products and services A needs assessment is the process of identifying the gap between performance required and current performance When a difference exists it explores the causes and reasons for the gap and methods for closing or eliminating the gap A complete needs assessment also considers the consequences for ignoring the gaps Every organization needs to have well trained and experienced people to perform the activities that have to be done If current or potential job occupants can meet this requirement training is not important When this not the case it is necessary to raise the skill levels and increase the versatility and adaptability of employees It is being increasing common for individual to change careers several times during their working lives The probability of any young person learning a job today and having those skills go basically unchanged during the forty or so years if his career is extremely unlikely may be even impossible In a rapid changing society employee training is not only an activity that is desirable but also an activity that an organization must commit resources to if it is to maintain a viable and knowledgeable work force

The entire project talks about the training and development need assessment in theoretical as well as new concepts which are in trend now Here we have discussed what would be the input of training if we ever go for and how can it be good to any organization in reaping the benefits from the money invested in terms like (ROI) ie return on investment What are the ways we can identify the training need of any employee and how to know what kind of training he can go for Training being covered in different aspect likes integrating it with organizational culture The best and latest available trends in training method the benefits which we can derive out of it How the evaluation should be done and how effective is the training all together Some of the companies practicing training in unique manner a lesson for other to follow as to how to train and retain the best resource in the world to reap the best out of it

Based on this as a student of MBA Hr I have done my summer internship in Metal and Steel Factory Isadora The internship was for a duration of 2 month and it involved a lot of learning activities all around I was need to carry a research which involves the study of training need assessment of industrial employees of Metal amp Steel Factory to find out the training and development need of industrial employees

S N Contents P age No

1 CHAPTER 1IntroductionList of tables

1-23

2 CHAPTER 2Industry Overview 4-8

3 CHAPTER 3Description And Objectives 10-17

4 CHAPTER 4Research Methodology 18-19

5 CHAPTER 5Data Analysis Results and Interpretation 20-37

6 CHAPTER 6Conclusions 38

7 CHAPTER 7Limitations of the project 39

8 CHAPTER 8Recommendations and Suggestions 40

9 APPENDIX

BIBLIOGRAHY

41

42

INTRODUCTION |CHAPTER 1

11 PROJECT DETAIL The primary focus of this training need assessmentanalysis is to determine the gap in capabilities of skills and knowledge of Industrial employees of Metal and steel factory A training need exists when there is a gap between what is required of a person to perform competently and what he actual knows A ldquotraining needs assessmentrdquo or ldquotraining needs analysisrdquo is the method of determining if a training need exists and if it does what training is required to fill the gap The expectation of knowledge skills and abilities of officials at different levels is different so there training needs are also different Training needs assessment has therefore to be for different target groups for exactly knowing what training is required for each group The purpose of conducting a needs assessment is to validate the hypothetical judgment with actual training needs to ensure that solution addresses the most needed subjects and effectively focuses the appropriate resources time and effort toward targeted solutions Training need assessment is to identify the gap between the model situation and the actual situation and the way in which it can be bridged As the gaps are identified they are evaluated to determine the manner in which the gaps can be bridged Some situations will indicate training needs Some may need nonndashtraining solutions

12 OBJECTIVE OF THE PROJECT

Training Need Assessment Methodology Keeping in view the status of skills of Industrial employees in the metal amp steel Factory and the constraints expressed by the authorities following steps were taken for conducting training needs assessment

1 The reasons for doing training needs assessment is

bull To determine whether any training is needed

bull To determine the areas in which training is needed bull To determine the gap to be

bridged

bull To determine desired training outcomes

bull To provide a basis of monitoring and evaluation Training Need Assessment Report

2 Training Need Assessment Survey among Industrial Employees

3 MSF Administration Opinion on Industrial Employees Training Needs

4 Analyzing Target Group Specific Training Needs

5 Assessment of Institutional Capabilities to provide Training

6 Validation of Training Needs

Page|1

13 SCOPE OF THE PROJECT

The scope of the study covers in depth the various Training needs of Industrial Employees and practices modules formats being followed and is limited to the company Metal amp Steel Factory and its Industrial employees The different training programmes incorporatedfacilitated in MSF through HRD outside agencies or professional groups It also judges the enhancement of the knowledge amp skills of employees and feedback on its effectiveness

14 METHODOLOGY OF THE PROJECT

RESEARCH PLAN The study involved both Exploratory and Descriptive Research

DATA SOURCE - Primary and Secondary Data

RESEARCH INSTRUMENT - Well-Structured Questionnaire

Page| 2

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE LIST PAGE NO

Table

Training Need Assessment

FIG 3AFIG 3B

1516

Questionnaires table

QNo 1-2QNo 3-4QNo 5-6QNo 7-8QNo 9-10QNo 11-12QNo 13-14QNo 15-16QNo 17-18QNo 19-20

22232425262728293031

LIST OF FIGURES PAGE NO

Organizational Hierarchy 9

FIG 5B

Bar Diagram representation of number of responses given by the Industrial Employees of the Metal amp Steel Factory

21

Page| 3 INDUSTRY OVERVIEW | CHAPTER 2

21 INTRODUCTION ldquo मटल का बढ़ता कदम हौसला इसपात का बाजओ म ह दम rdquo Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is the main producer of basic Ferrous and Non-Ferrous raw material for military hardware Present day military hardware requires use of metals of high strength coupled with superior toughnessCombination of both these properties requires use of alloy steel of Super-ultra clean quality MSF has facilities for state-of-the-art steel making in the form of Electric Arc Furnace Ladle Furnace Vacuum Degassing amp Electro Steel Re-melting ensuring production of Ultra clean steel A high capacity PLC-Controlled 2650T Forging Press with fully integrate and double manipulators gives shape to the products like Gun Barrels amp other components of Artillery and Tank Guns A state of art CNC-Controlled Redial Forging Press of 1250T for each hammers can forge various sections and profiles with high degree of isometric mechanical properties near-net finish and repeatability The Factory also possesses a hot rolling mill a high precision 2 hi 4 hi combination cold rolling mill (setup in 2006) for making thin strips of ferrous and non-ferrous material with online x-ray and mechanical gauging system Precision controlled heat treatment facilities impart high Mechanical Properties in the metal making it capable of performance under conditions of high stress Such integrated facilities for making shaping amp treating of Super-Ultra clean alloy steel-grades makes it possible to cater to any metallurgical need Production of steel cartridge cases starting from making of deep drawing quality steel (HSLA Grade) for forming the finished products is the major strength of the factory MSF is the leader in this field Electric induction Brass Melting Furnaces produces high quality 6040 withwithout Pb Brass BilletsPigs Mn-brass etc Quality intelligence personnel with sophisticated machinery consisting of Ultrasonography Laboratory Chemical Testing Computer aided Spectrographic XRF Spectrometry Hydrogen Gas Analyser and 3D coordinator for precision dimensional measurement etc

LOCATION

Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is situated in West Bengal on the Eastern Bank of River Hoogly (Ganges) at a distance of 28 KM from Kolkata and is connected by Rail and Motor-Road Nearest Airport Terminal is Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose Airport Dum Dum

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

The factory has its origin as part of Gun amp Shell Factory at Cossipore - then known as Foundry and Shell Factory- in the year 1872 when metallurgical operations by way of melting and rolling of Cartridge Brasses were first taken up Subsequently in the year 1892 manufacture of steel was taken up when open-hearth steel making furnace was commissioned With this the first authentic production of steel was introduced in India The Steel Rolling Mills were installed later on in 1896 Further expansion of metallurgical activities necessitated shifting of metallurgical plants to Ishapore

Page| 4

Relocated to its new site at Ishapore in the Year 1905 the Factory continued to function as a part of the Gun amp Shell Factory Cossipore In 1920 it became an independent unit in the

family of Ordnance Factories and had come to be known as Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore (MSF)

MSF has been the cradle of military-metallurgy in India The facilities amp expertise available in carrying out development of products and investigation of failures by the attached inspectorate led to the formation of Technical Development Establishment (Metals) in the year 1951 which was upgraded in the year 1956 to the Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory (DMRL) within its premises DMRL was later on shifted to Hyderabad in the year 1963 after bifurcation into DMRL and CI (Metals)

22 PRODUCT PROFILE

MSF is strategically placed considering its product profile The main products are listed below

1 Large Medium amp Small forgings2 (i) ESR Slugs (ii) Torsion Bars (iii) All kind of steel and forgings for defence application

3 Ammunition Items (i) Medium Caliber steel Cartridge Cases etc (ii) Steel amp Brass Blanks for Cartridge Cases for different caliber (iii) Steel amp Brass Rods for ammunition hardwares

Products Core Competency Area

1) Gun Barrels and Forged Gun Components2) Rolled Steel BarsRods of Ultra Clean Steel3) Brass Rods4) Steel Cartridge Cases of Medium Calibre

Civil Trade

The Ordnance Factories have undertaken Civil Trade since July 1986 for optimal utilization of capacities It has been impressed upon the factories to undertake Civil Trade wherever capacities are available since this would also lessen dependence on budgetary support The Factory diversified into civil trade with a view to utilizing its spare capacity

Page| 523 PRODUCTION FACILITIES

The development of new weapon systems calls for stringent metallurgical property requirements for the special Alloy Steels and Non-ferrous Alloys that go into making of weapon systems Special characteristics of the Defence Materials are the multiplicity of specifications adherence to high quality standards and special metallurgical properties Quantity of supply ranges from fifty Kilograms to hundreds of MT In fulfilling these requirements MSF has played a unique role in quick development and productionisation of new armaments in the country In addition MSF has taken adequate care and advance action in order to not only be competent but also to be at the forefront in quality standards and latest in technological advantages by developing core competencies in the following areas

Manufacture of highly specialised steels through the latest technology ie ESR amp LF-VD for tank gun barrel like T-72 130mm 155mm and all types of steel blanks required for sister factories for various types of cartridge cases for 30mm Sarath 23mm Schilka 73mm 762mm and 125mm ammunition This factory has established the capability for the manufacture of the specialised forgings for Arjun Tank

Various types of steel cartridge cases and blanks

In addtion to above MSF has got the following Production facilities

Steel Making

Melting 15 Ton amp 2 Ton Basic Electric Arc Furnace with cored-wire Ca-Si Injection Argon purging and Slide Gate Teeming Bottom Pouring facilities

Secondary Steel Refining 20 Ton capacity Ladle Furnace - Vacuum Degassing (LF-VD) and 10 Ton capacity Electro Slag Re-melting (ESR) units in conjunction with 15 Ton EAF

Press Forging 2650 Ton ZDAS Forging Press with rail bound manipulator for heavy forgings

Hammer Forging 5 Ton MASSEY pneumatic Hammer and battery of other Pneumatic Hammers (1Ton 10 CWT) for medium and smaller section forgings and tools

Rolling 28 inches 2-high reversing LAMBERTON make Bar Mill with Manipulator and Roller

Tables 3 High 550 mm X 1500mm MORGARDSHAMMER Billet Rolling Mill Double Duo Rod

Rolling Mill of 10 inches diameter stands Bright bar processing facilities

Upset Forging 1200 ton Horizontal Forging Machine

Page| 6

Hollow Forging Battery of 280 Ton and 150 Ton vertical Forging presses for hollow forgings upto 125 mm dia and 550 mm length with one or both ends open

Drop Stamping 10 Ton double acting forging machine battery of Drop Stamp Hammers (1Ton 15 CWT 7 CWT)

Heat Treatment Bogie-hearth Electric Annealing and normalizing Furnaces Pit type Electric Furnace with quenching facilities for hardening and tempering

Brass Melting Battery of Electric Induction Brass Melting furnaces comprising of 2 Nos 540 kgs

GEC make Brass melting furnaces Four Nos 300Kgs and three nos 500Kgs AJAX Watt medium frequency melting furnaces

Cold Rolling Cold Rolling Mills for rolling of brass slabs

Extrusion 1250 Ton Hydraulic Direct Extrusion Press for brass rodstubes and Draw Benches

Cupping and Deep Drawing Cupping and Deep drawing of Brass and Steel Chemical Passivation and finishing

24 MISSION amp VISION

Mission Statement

Production of State of the Art Battle Field Equipments

Vision Statement

1 To equip our Armed Forces with modern Defence and Battle Field Equipments2 To continuously modernize our production facilities3 To train and motivate personnel 4 To equip ourselves with technologies through acquisition synergy and in-house RampD 5 To continuously improve quality6 To achieve highest level of customer satisfaction 7 To increase customer base in defence non-defence and export markets and establish global presence

________________________________________________________________ _ iemsip Page| 7

Objectives

1 The prime objective is to make quality steel forging and feed sister ordnance factories in the form of PYT gun barrels cartridge cases shell bars and miscellaneous bar products 2 To manufacture non-ferrous rods blanks strips as well as Die casting3 To maintain and strengthen the factory core competence of producing and supplying high technology product4 Growth based on the optimal utilization of available infrastructure with further judicious investment 5 To increase the productivity by continual quality improvement measures RampD efforts and increased efficiency of all plants and processes 6 To effect the delivery of products as per time schedule 7 To perpetually strive for cost reduction 8 To scale up civil trade activities to exploit sizeable opportunities in civil sector and to expand customer base globally9 To diversify product range and develop new products through Research and Development10To improve the working environment by improving shop layouts and construction of new shops amp civil works which will increase productivity through better handling of materials intermediaries

25 Production amp Quality Control Facilities Resources

Quality PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory are committed to meet the customers enhanced requirements through continual improvement of our products Our testing laboratories are accredited by NABL etc

Safety PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore are committed to ensure safe practices Safe working condition and Healthy Environment for every employees as also anyone working within the premises

2HI-4HI COLD ROLLING MILL ELECTRO SLAG REMELTING GUN HEAT TREATMENT HEAVY DUTY LATHES NEW GUNFORGE RADIAL FORGING SHOP STRAIGHTENING PRESS LADLE FORGE AUTO GUAGE EDM WIRE CUT MACHINE MVC-006F MVC-025F

Page| 8

DESPRIPTION amp OBJECTIVES | CHAPTER 3

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPEMENT (HRD) DEPARTMENT

31 DESCRIPTION

Human Resource Development (HRD) is the framework for helping employees develop their personal and organizational skills knowledge and abilities Human Resource Development includes such opportunities as employee training employee career development performance management and development coaching mentoring succession planning key employee identification tuition assistance and organization development

The focus of all aspects of Human Resource Development is on developing the most superior workforce so that the organization and individual employees can accomplish their work goals in service to customers

Human Resource Development can be formal such as in classroom training a college course or an organizational planned change effort Or Human Resource Development can be informal as in employee coaching by a manager Healthy organizations believe in Human ResourceDevelopment and cover all of these bases

311 OBJECTIVES OF HRD DEPARTMENT

1 EquityRecognizing every employee at par irrespective of caste creed religion and language can create a very good environment in an organization HRD must ensure that the organization creates a culture and provides equal opportunities to all employees in matters of career planning promotion quality of work life training and development

2 EmployabilityEmployability means the ability skills and competencies of an individual to seek gainful employment anywhere So HRD should aim at improving the skills of employees in order to motivate them to work with effectiveness

3 AdaptabilityContinuous training that develops the professional skills of employees plays an important role in HRD This can help the employees to adapt themselves to organizational change that takes place on a continuous basis

Page| 10

312 INDUSTRIAL RELATION

Definition of Industrial Relations

Industrial relation is defined as relation of Individual or group of employee and employer for engaging themselves in a way to maximize the productive activitiesIn the words of Lester ldquoIndustrial relations involve attempts at arriving at solutions between the conflicting objectives and values between the profit motive and social gain between discipline and freedom between authority and industrial democracy between bargaining and co-operation and between conflicting interests of the individual the group and the community

Need for Industrial Relation

Need of Industrial Relation has arisen to defend the interest of workers for adjusting the reasonable salary or wages It also helps the workers to seek perfect working condition for producing maximum output Workersemployees are concerned with social security measures through this Industrial Relations is also needed for achieving the democracy by allowing worker to take part in management which helps to protect human rights of individual Salaries in India are much more attractive in Indian subcontinent As India is having flourishing economy the job opportunities are emerging and there is huge scope of expansion The salary pattern of India is also growing Even the seventh pay commission is also spreading the way to coming soon The Salaries of private sector is also in the upswing mode with the increase of 11 annually Although Inflation is one of the major factor which nullify the increase in the salary But still the inflation is lower than the increase in the salary So this can be seen as increase in the salary

ABOUT INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES (IES) OF METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

A person working in a factory or Industry is known as industrial Employee In Metal amp Steel Factory there are more than 2000 industrial employees who work in different Sections There are total 47 trades and each trade has again 5 grades The lowest grade is the Semi-skilled or Unskilled labour and the Highest grade of IES is Master Craftsman The labour Bureau a department of Metal amp Steel factory looks after the Industrial Employees Human Resource Development another department of metal amp Steel factory arranges training for the Industrial employees Industrial Employees are highly skilled and are literate They are directly recruited to semi skill grade and promoted accordingly trade test The industrial employees have to pass a trade test which contains both theoretical and practical knowledge to get promoted to next grade All the detail of recruitment of industrial employees are mentioned in SRO (Statutory Regulatory Order) Of the organisation According to 6 th Central Pay Commission Group D has been abolished so Industrial Employees now comes under only Group C

Page| 11

FIG3 A- GRADE CHART OF INDUSRTIAL EMLOYEES

Grade Pay Band Grade Pay Qualification Experience Trade Test

MCM 9300 ndash 34800- 4200- By promotion (same as HS I)

HS II- 7years

HS I- 3 years

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

Total10years

HS I 5200 ndash 20200- 2800- By promotion (Same as HS II)

HS II-3 years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

HS II 5200 ndash 20200- 2400- By promotion (Same as SK)

SK- 3years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SK 5200 ndash 20200- 1900- BY Promotion (Same as SSK)

SSK Annexure A(2years)

SSK Annexure B(3years)

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SSK 5200 ndash 20200- 1800- Essential passed ndash Vth Class

Desirable ndash Matriculate

No experience

By Direct Recruitment After Adjustment of Surplus

Page| 15

32 ABOUT THE TOPIC

A Training Need Assessment provides information on the training and skills development requirements of all members of your network It is one of the key steps in preparing a training plan and will provide you with information on which to base your networks training plan It enables you to

Identify the gap between current and required levels of knowledge skills and attitude Identify what the general content of training should be Form the foundation of a training plan Provide a baseline for the evaluation of a training plan Ensure that appropriate and relevant training is delivered Maximise use of scarce resources

Overall Purpose of Training Needs Assessment and AnalysisA training analysis is conducted ultimately to identify what areas of knowledge or behaviors that training needs to accomplish with learners The analysis considers what results the organization needs from the learner what knowledge and skills the learner presently has and usually concludes with identifying what knowledge and skills the learner must gain (the performance gap)

Usually this phase also includes identifying when training should occur and who should attend as learners Ideally criteria are established for the final evaluation of training to conclude if training goals were met or not

Depending on the resources and needs of the organization a training analysis can range from a very detailed inventory of skills to a general review of performance results The more complete the training analysis the more likely that the employees training will ultimately contribute results to the organization

BENIFITS OF TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT

Identifies performance goals and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by a companys workforce to achieve those goals

Identifies gaps in training provision in sectors and or regions Helps direct resources to areas of greatest priority Addresses resources needed to fulfil the organisational mission improve

productivity and provide quality products and services

Page| 16

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENTD1 Sector V Salt Lake Electronics Complex

Kolkata 700091

This is to certify that the project work entitled ldquoTraining need assessment of Industrial employees in metal amp Steel factory Ishaporerdquo is a bonafide workcarried out by Zubair Inam Barbhuiya a candidate of the MBA (Batch 2015-17)Institute of Engineering and Management Kolkata under my guidance anddirection

_____________________________ Signature

(Prof Rameswar Datta)IEM Faculty of ManagementKolkata

Acknowledgement Every project big or small is successful largely due to the effort of a number of wonderful people who have always given their valuable advice or lent a helping hand I sincerely appreciate the inspiration support and guidance of all those people who have been instrumental in making this project a success

I Zubair Inam Barbhuiya student of Institute Of Engineering amp Management (Management House) am extremely grateful to ldquoMetal amp Steel Factoryrdquo for the confidence bestowed in me and entrusting my project entitled ldquoTraining Need Assessment of Industrial Employeesrdquo

I am using this opportunity to express my gratitude to everyone who supported me throughout the course of this MBA project I am thankful for their aspiring guidance invaluably constructive criticism and friendy advice during the project work I am sincerely grateful to them for sharing their truthful and illuminating views on a number of issues related to the project

I express my warm thanks to Mr P k Pattnayak DGMAdmin Mr RN Jha DGM amp Mr for their support and guidance at Metal amp Steel Factory (A unit Indian Ordinance Board Ministry Of Defence) Ishapore

I express my gratitude to College Director Prof PK Misra for arranging the summer training in good schedule I also extend my gratitude to my Project Guide Prof Rameswar Datta who assisted me in compiling the project

I would also like to thank all the faculty members of Institute Of Engineering amp management for their critical advice and guidance without which this project would not have been possible

Last but not the least I place a deep sense of gratitude to my family members and my friends who have been constant source of inspiration during the preparation of this project work

Thank you

Zubair Inam Barbhuiya

Executive Summary

The purpose of a training needs assessment is to identify performance requirements and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by an agencys workforce to achieve the requirements An effective training needs assessment will help direct resources to areas of greatest demand The assessment should address resources needed to fulfil organizational mission improve productivity and provide quality products and services A needs assessment is the process of identifying the gap between performance required and current performance When a difference exists it explores the causes and reasons for the gap and methods for closing or eliminating the gap A complete needs assessment also considers the consequences for ignoring the gaps Every organization needs to have well trained and experienced people to perform the activities that have to be done If current or potential job occupants can meet this requirement training is not important When this not the case it is necessary to raise the skill levels and increase the versatility and adaptability of employees It is being increasing common for individual to change careers several times during their working lives The probability of any young person learning a job today and having those skills go basically unchanged during the forty or so years if his career is extremely unlikely may be even impossible In a rapid changing society employee training is not only an activity that is desirable but also an activity that an organization must commit resources to if it is to maintain a viable and knowledgeable work force

The entire project talks about the training and development need assessment in theoretical as well as new concepts which are in trend now Here we have discussed what would be the input of training if we ever go for and how can it be good to any organization in reaping the benefits from the money invested in terms like (ROI) ie return on investment What are the ways we can identify the training need of any employee and how to know what kind of training he can go for Training being covered in different aspect likes integrating it with organizational culture The best and latest available trends in training method the benefits which we can derive out of it How the evaluation should be done and how effective is the training all together Some of the companies practicing training in unique manner a lesson for other to follow as to how to train and retain the best resource in the world to reap the best out of it

Based on this as a student of MBA Hr I have done my summer internship in Metal and Steel Factory Isadora The internship was for a duration of 2 month and it involved a lot of learning activities all around I was need to carry a research which involves the study of training need assessment of industrial employees of Metal amp Steel Factory to find out the training and development need of industrial employees

S N Contents P age No

1 CHAPTER 1IntroductionList of tables

1-23

2 CHAPTER 2Industry Overview 4-8

3 CHAPTER 3Description And Objectives 10-17

4 CHAPTER 4Research Methodology 18-19

5 CHAPTER 5Data Analysis Results and Interpretation 20-37

6 CHAPTER 6Conclusions 38

7 CHAPTER 7Limitations of the project 39

8 CHAPTER 8Recommendations and Suggestions 40

9 APPENDIX

BIBLIOGRAHY

41

42

INTRODUCTION |CHAPTER 1

11 PROJECT DETAIL The primary focus of this training need assessmentanalysis is to determine the gap in capabilities of skills and knowledge of Industrial employees of Metal and steel factory A training need exists when there is a gap between what is required of a person to perform competently and what he actual knows A ldquotraining needs assessmentrdquo or ldquotraining needs analysisrdquo is the method of determining if a training need exists and if it does what training is required to fill the gap The expectation of knowledge skills and abilities of officials at different levels is different so there training needs are also different Training needs assessment has therefore to be for different target groups for exactly knowing what training is required for each group The purpose of conducting a needs assessment is to validate the hypothetical judgment with actual training needs to ensure that solution addresses the most needed subjects and effectively focuses the appropriate resources time and effort toward targeted solutions Training need assessment is to identify the gap between the model situation and the actual situation and the way in which it can be bridged As the gaps are identified they are evaluated to determine the manner in which the gaps can be bridged Some situations will indicate training needs Some may need nonndashtraining solutions

12 OBJECTIVE OF THE PROJECT

Training Need Assessment Methodology Keeping in view the status of skills of Industrial employees in the metal amp steel Factory and the constraints expressed by the authorities following steps were taken for conducting training needs assessment

1 The reasons for doing training needs assessment is

bull To determine whether any training is needed

bull To determine the areas in which training is needed bull To determine the gap to be

bridged

bull To determine desired training outcomes

bull To provide a basis of monitoring and evaluation Training Need Assessment Report

2 Training Need Assessment Survey among Industrial Employees

3 MSF Administration Opinion on Industrial Employees Training Needs

4 Analyzing Target Group Specific Training Needs

5 Assessment of Institutional Capabilities to provide Training

6 Validation of Training Needs

Page|1

13 SCOPE OF THE PROJECT

The scope of the study covers in depth the various Training needs of Industrial Employees and practices modules formats being followed and is limited to the company Metal amp Steel Factory and its Industrial employees The different training programmes incorporatedfacilitated in MSF through HRD outside agencies or professional groups It also judges the enhancement of the knowledge amp skills of employees and feedback on its effectiveness

14 METHODOLOGY OF THE PROJECT

RESEARCH PLAN The study involved both Exploratory and Descriptive Research

DATA SOURCE - Primary and Secondary Data

RESEARCH INSTRUMENT - Well-Structured Questionnaire

Page| 2

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE LIST PAGE NO

Table

Training Need Assessment

FIG 3AFIG 3B

1516

Questionnaires table

QNo 1-2QNo 3-4QNo 5-6QNo 7-8QNo 9-10QNo 11-12QNo 13-14QNo 15-16QNo 17-18QNo 19-20

22232425262728293031

LIST OF FIGURES PAGE NO

Organizational Hierarchy 9

FIG 5B

Bar Diagram representation of number of responses given by the Industrial Employees of the Metal amp Steel Factory

21

Page| 3 INDUSTRY OVERVIEW | CHAPTER 2

21 INTRODUCTION ldquo मटल का बढ़ता कदम हौसला इसपात का बाजओ म ह दम rdquo Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is the main producer of basic Ferrous and Non-Ferrous raw material for military hardware Present day military hardware requires use of metals of high strength coupled with superior toughnessCombination of both these properties requires use of alloy steel of Super-ultra clean quality MSF has facilities for state-of-the-art steel making in the form of Electric Arc Furnace Ladle Furnace Vacuum Degassing amp Electro Steel Re-melting ensuring production of Ultra clean steel A high capacity PLC-Controlled 2650T Forging Press with fully integrate and double manipulators gives shape to the products like Gun Barrels amp other components of Artillery and Tank Guns A state of art CNC-Controlled Redial Forging Press of 1250T for each hammers can forge various sections and profiles with high degree of isometric mechanical properties near-net finish and repeatability The Factory also possesses a hot rolling mill a high precision 2 hi 4 hi combination cold rolling mill (setup in 2006) for making thin strips of ferrous and non-ferrous material with online x-ray and mechanical gauging system Precision controlled heat treatment facilities impart high Mechanical Properties in the metal making it capable of performance under conditions of high stress Such integrated facilities for making shaping amp treating of Super-Ultra clean alloy steel-grades makes it possible to cater to any metallurgical need Production of steel cartridge cases starting from making of deep drawing quality steel (HSLA Grade) for forming the finished products is the major strength of the factory MSF is the leader in this field Electric induction Brass Melting Furnaces produces high quality 6040 withwithout Pb Brass BilletsPigs Mn-brass etc Quality intelligence personnel with sophisticated machinery consisting of Ultrasonography Laboratory Chemical Testing Computer aided Spectrographic XRF Spectrometry Hydrogen Gas Analyser and 3D coordinator for precision dimensional measurement etc

LOCATION

Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is situated in West Bengal on the Eastern Bank of River Hoogly (Ganges) at a distance of 28 KM from Kolkata and is connected by Rail and Motor-Road Nearest Airport Terminal is Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose Airport Dum Dum

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

The factory has its origin as part of Gun amp Shell Factory at Cossipore - then known as Foundry and Shell Factory- in the year 1872 when metallurgical operations by way of melting and rolling of Cartridge Brasses were first taken up Subsequently in the year 1892 manufacture of steel was taken up when open-hearth steel making furnace was commissioned With this the first authentic production of steel was introduced in India The Steel Rolling Mills were installed later on in 1896 Further expansion of metallurgical activities necessitated shifting of metallurgical plants to Ishapore

Page| 4

Relocated to its new site at Ishapore in the Year 1905 the Factory continued to function as a part of the Gun amp Shell Factory Cossipore In 1920 it became an independent unit in the

family of Ordnance Factories and had come to be known as Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore (MSF)

MSF has been the cradle of military-metallurgy in India The facilities amp expertise available in carrying out development of products and investigation of failures by the attached inspectorate led to the formation of Technical Development Establishment (Metals) in the year 1951 which was upgraded in the year 1956 to the Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory (DMRL) within its premises DMRL was later on shifted to Hyderabad in the year 1963 after bifurcation into DMRL and CI (Metals)

22 PRODUCT PROFILE

MSF is strategically placed considering its product profile The main products are listed below

1 Large Medium amp Small forgings2 (i) ESR Slugs (ii) Torsion Bars (iii) All kind of steel and forgings for defence application

3 Ammunition Items (i) Medium Caliber steel Cartridge Cases etc (ii) Steel amp Brass Blanks for Cartridge Cases for different caliber (iii) Steel amp Brass Rods for ammunition hardwares

Products Core Competency Area

1) Gun Barrels and Forged Gun Components2) Rolled Steel BarsRods of Ultra Clean Steel3) Brass Rods4) Steel Cartridge Cases of Medium Calibre

Civil Trade

The Ordnance Factories have undertaken Civil Trade since July 1986 for optimal utilization of capacities It has been impressed upon the factories to undertake Civil Trade wherever capacities are available since this would also lessen dependence on budgetary support The Factory diversified into civil trade with a view to utilizing its spare capacity

Page| 523 PRODUCTION FACILITIES

The development of new weapon systems calls for stringent metallurgical property requirements for the special Alloy Steels and Non-ferrous Alloys that go into making of weapon systems Special characteristics of the Defence Materials are the multiplicity of specifications adherence to high quality standards and special metallurgical properties Quantity of supply ranges from fifty Kilograms to hundreds of MT In fulfilling these requirements MSF has played a unique role in quick development and productionisation of new armaments in the country In addition MSF has taken adequate care and advance action in order to not only be competent but also to be at the forefront in quality standards and latest in technological advantages by developing core competencies in the following areas

Manufacture of highly specialised steels through the latest technology ie ESR amp LF-VD for tank gun barrel like T-72 130mm 155mm and all types of steel blanks required for sister factories for various types of cartridge cases for 30mm Sarath 23mm Schilka 73mm 762mm and 125mm ammunition This factory has established the capability for the manufacture of the specialised forgings for Arjun Tank

Various types of steel cartridge cases and blanks

In addtion to above MSF has got the following Production facilities

Steel Making

Melting 15 Ton amp 2 Ton Basic Electric Arc Furnace with cored-wire Ca-Si Injection Argon purging and Slide Gate Teeming Bottom Pouring facilities

Secondary Steel Refining 20 Ton capacity Ladle Furnace - Vacuum Degassing (LF-VD) and 10 Ton capacity Electro Slag Re-melting (ESR) units in conjunction with 15 Ton EAF

Press Forging 2650 Ton ZDAS Forging Press with rail bound manipulator for heavy forgings

Hammer Forging 5 Ton MASSEY pneumatic Hammer and battery of other Pneumatic Hammers (1Ton 10 CWT) for medium and smaller section forgings and tools

Rolling 28 inches 2-high reversing LAMBERTON make Bar Mill with Manipulator and Roller

Tables 3 High 550 mm X 1500mm MORGARDSHAMMER Billet Rolling Mill Double Duo Rod

Rolling Mill of 10 inches diameter stands Bright bar processing facilities

Upset Forging 1200 ton Horizontal Forging Machine

Page| 6

Hollow Forging Battery of 280 Ton and 150 Ton vertical Forging presses for hollow forgings upto 125 mm dia and 550 mm length with one or both ends open

Drop Stamping 10 Ton double acting forging machine battery of Drop Stamp Hammers (1Ton 15 CWT 7 CWT)

Heat Treatment Bogie-hearth Electric Annealing and normalizing Furnaces Pit type Electric Furnace with quenching facilities for hardening and tempering

Brass Melting Battery of Electric Induction Brass Melting furnaces comprising of 2 Nos 540 kgs

GEC make Brass melting furnaces Four Nos 300Kgs and three nos 500Kgs AJAX Watt medium frequency melting furnaces

Cold Rolling Cold Rolling Mills for rolling of brass slabs

Extrusion 1250 Ton Hydraulic Direct Extrusion Press for brass rodstubes and Draw Benches

Cupping and Deep Drawing Cupping and Deep drawing of Brass and Steel Chemical Passivation and finishing

24 MISSION amp VISION

Mission Statement

Production of State of the Art Battle Field Equipments

Vision Statement

1 To equip our Armed Forces with modern Defence and Battle Field Equipments2 To continuously modernize our production facilities3 To train and motivate personnel 4 To equip ourselves with technologies through acquisition synergy and in-house RampD 5 To continuously improve quality6 To achieve highest level of customer satisfaction 7 To increase customer base in defence non-defence and export markets and establish global presence

________________________________________________________________ _ iemsip Page| 7

Objectives

1 The prime objective is to make quality steel forging and feed sister ordnance factories in the form of PYT gun barrels cartridge cases shell bars and miscellaneous bar products 2 To manufacture non-ferrous rods blanks strips as well as Die casting3 To maintain and strengthen the factory core competence of producing and supplying high technology product4 Growth based on the optimal utilization of available infrastructure with further judicious investment 5 To increase the productivity by continual quality improvement measures RampD efforts and increased efficiency of all plants and processes 6 To effect the delivery of products as per time schedule 7 To perpetually strive for cost reduction 8 To scale up civil trade activities to exploit sizeable opportunities in civil sector and to expand customer base globally9 To diversify product range and develop new products through Research and Development10To improve the working environment by improving shop layouts and construction of new shops amp civil works which will increase productivity through better handling of materials intermediaries

25 Production amp Quality Control Facilities Resources

Quality PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory are committed to meet the customers enhanced requirements through continual improvement of our products Our testing laboratories are accredited by NABL etc

Safety PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore are committed to ensure safe practices Safe working condition and Healthy Environment for every employees as also anyone working within the premises

2HI-4HI COLD ROLLING MILL ELECTRO SLAG REMELTING GUN HEAT TREATMENT HEAVY DUTY LATHES NEW GUNFORGE RADIAL FORGING SHOP STRAIGHTENING PRESS LADLE FORGE AUTO GUAGE EDM WIRE CUT MACHINE MVC-006F MVC-025F

Page| 8

DESPRIPTION amp OBJECTIVES | CHAPTER 3

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPEMENT (HRD) DEPARTMENT

31 DESCRIPTION

Human Resource Development (HRD) is the framework for helping employees develop their personal and organizational skills knowledge and abilities Human Resource Development includes such opportunities as employee training employee career development performance management and development coaching mentoring succession planning key employee identification tuition assistance and organization development

The focus of all aspects of Human Resource Development is on developing the most superior workforce so that the organization and individual employees can accomplish their work goals in service to customers

Human Resource Development can be formal such as in classroom training a college course or an organizational planned change effort Or Human Resource Development can be informal as in employee coaching by a manager Healthy organizations believe in Human ResourceDevelopment and cover all of these bases

311 OBJECTIVES OF HRD DEPARTMENT

1 EquityRecognizing every employee at par irrespective of caste creed religion and language can create a very good environment in an organization HRD must ensure that the organization creates a culture and provides equal opportunities to all employees in matters of career planning promotion quality of work life training and development

2 EmployabilityEmployability means the ability skills and competencies of an individual to seek gainful employment anywhere So HRD should aim at improving the skills of employees in order to motivate them to work with effectiveness

3 AdaptabilityContinuous training that develops the professional skills of employees plays an important role in HRD This can help the employees to adapt themselves to organizational change that takes place on a continuous basis

Page| 10

312 INDUSTRIAL RELATION

Definition of Industrial Relations

Industrial relation is defined as relation of Individual or group of employee and employer for engaging themselves in a way to maximize the productive activitiesIn the words of Lester ldquoIndustrial relations involve attempts at arriving at solutions between the conflicting objectives and values between the profit motive and social gain between discipline and freedom between authority and industrial democracy between bargaining and co-operation and between conflicting interests of the individual the group and the community

Need for Industrial Relation

Need of Industrial Relation has arisen to defend the interest of workers for adjusting the reasonable salary or wages It also helps the workers to seek perfect working condition for producing maximum output Workersemployees are concerned with social security measures through this Industrial Relations is also needed for achieving the democracy by allowing worker to take part in management which helps to protect human rights of individual Salaries in India are much more attractive in Indian subcontinent As India is having flourishing economy the job opportunities are emerging and there is huge scope of expansion The salary pattern of India is also growing Even the seventh pay commission is also spreading the way to coming soon The Salaries of private sector is also in the upswing mode with the increase of 11 annually Although Inflation is one of the major factor which nullify the increase in the salary But still the inflation is lower than the increase in the salary So this can be seen as increase in the salary

ABOUT INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES (IES) OF METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

A person working in a factory or Industry is known as industrial Employee In Metal amp Steel Factory there are more than 2000 industrial employees who work in different Sections There are total 47 trades and each trade has again 5 grades The lowest grade is the Semi-skilled or Unskilled labour and the Highest grade of IES is Master Craftsman The labour Bureau a department of Metal amp Steel factory looks after the Industrial Employees Human Resource Development another department of metal amp Steel factory arranges training for the Industrial employees Industrial Employees are highly skilled and are literate They are directly recruited to semi skill grade and promoted accordingly trade test The industrial employees have to pass a trade test which contains both theoretical and practical knowledge to get promoted to next grade All the detail of recruitment of industrial employees are mentioned in SRO (Statutory Regulatory Order) Of the organisation According to 6 th Central Pay Commission Group D has been abolished so Industrial Employees now comes under only Group C

Page| 11

FIG3 A- GRADE CHART OF INDUSRTIAL EMLOYEES

Grade Pay Band Grade Pay Qualification Experience Trade Test

MCM 9300 ndash 34800- 4200- By promotion (same as HS I)

HS II- 7years

HS I- 3 years

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

Total10years

HS I 5200 ndash 20200- 2800- By promotion (Same as HS II)

HS II-3 years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

HS II 5200 ndash 20200- 2400- By promotion (Same as SK)

SK- 3years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SK 5200 ndash 20200- 1900- BY Promotion (Same as SSK)

SSK Annexure A(2years)

SSK Annexure B(3years)

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SSK 5200 ndash 20200- 1800- Essential passed ndash Vth Class

Desirable ndash Matriculate

No experience

By Direct Recruitment After Adjustment of Surplus

Page| 15

32 ABOUT THE TOPIC

A Training Need Assessment provides information on the training and skills development requirements of all members of your network It is one of the key steps in preparing a training plan and will provide you with information on which to base your networks training plan It enables you to

Identify the gap between current and required levels of knowledge skills and attitude Identify what the general content of training should be Form the foundation of a training plan Provide a baseline for the evaluation of a training plan Ensure that appropriate and relevant training is delivered Maximise use of scarce resources

Overall Purpose of Training Needs Assessment and AnalysisA training analysis is conducted ultimately to identify what areas of knowledge or behaviors that training needs to accomplish with learners The analysis considers what results the organization needs from the learner what knowledge and skills the learner presently has and usually concludes with identifying what knowledge and skills the learner must gain (the performance gap)

Usually this phase also includes identifying when training should occur and who should attend as learners Ideally criteria are established for the final evaluation of training to conclude if training goals were met or not

Depending on the resources and needs of the organization a training analysis can range from a very detailed inventory of skills to a general review of performance results The more complete the training analysis the more likely that the employees training will ultimately contribute results to the organization

BENIFITS OF TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT

Identifies performance goals and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by a companys workforce to achieve those goals

Identifies gaps in training provision in sectors and or regions Helps direct resources to areas of greatest priority Addresses resources needed to fulfil the organisational mission improve

productivity and provide quality products and services

Page| 16

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

Acknowledgement Every project big or small is successful largely due to the effort of a number of wonderful people who have always given their valuable advice or lent a helping hand I sincerely appreciate the inspiration support and guidance of all those people who have been instrumental in making this project a success

I Zubair Inam Barbhuiya student of Institute Of Engineering amp Management (Management House) am extremely grateful to ldquoMetal amp Steel Factoryrdquo for the confidence bestowed in me and entrusting my project entitled ldquoTraining Need Assessment of Industrial Employeesrdquo

I am using this opportunity to express my gratitude to everyone who supported me throughout the course of this MBA project I am thankful for their aspiring guidance invaluably constructive criticism and friendy advice during the project work I am sincerely grateful to them for sharing their truthful and illuminating views on a number of issues related to the project

I express my warm thanks to Mr P k Pattnayak DGMAdmin Mr RN Jha DGM amp Mr for their support and guidance at Metal amp Steel Factory (A unit Indian Ordinance Board Ministry Of Defence) Ishapore

I express my gratitude to College Director Prof PK Misra for arranging the summer training in good schedule I also extend my gratitude to my Project Guide Prof Rameswar Datta who assisted me in compiling the project

I would also like to thank all the faculty members of Institute Of Engineering amp management for their critical advice and guidance without which this project would not have been possible

Last but not the least I place a deep sense of gratitude to my family members and my friends who have been constant source of inspiration during the preparation of this project work

Thank you

Zubair Inam Barbhuiya

Executive Summary

The purpose of a training needs assessment is to identify performance requirements and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by an agencys workforce to achieve the requirements An effective training needs assessment will help direct resources to areas of greatest demand The assessment should address resources needed to fulfil organizational mission improve productivity and provide quality products and services A needs assessment is the process of identifying the gap between performance required and current performance When a difference exists it explores the causes and reasons for the gap and methods for closing or eliminating the gap A complete needs assessment also considers the consequences for ignoring the gaps Every organization needs to have well trained and experienced people to perform the activities that have to be done If current or potential job occupants can meet this requirement training is not important When this not the case it is necessary to raise the skill levels and increase the versatility and adaptability of employees It is being increasing common for individual to change careers several times during their working lives The probability of any young person learning a job today and having those skills go basically unchanged during the forty or so years if his career is extremely unlikely may be even impossible In a rapid changing society employee training is not only an activity that is desirable but also an activity that an organization must commit resources to if it is to maintain a viable and knowledgeable work force

The entire project talks about the training and development need assessment in theoretical as well as new concepts which are in trend now Here we have discussed what would be the input of training if we ever go for and how can it be good to any organization in reaping the benefits from the money invested in terms like (ROI) ie return on investment What are the ways we can identify the training need of any employee and how to know what kind of training he can go for Training being covered in different aspect likes integrating it with organizational culture The best and latest available trends in training method the benefits which we can derive out of it How the evaluation should be done and how effective is the training all together Some of the companies practicing training in unique manner a lesson for other to follow as to how to train and retain the best resource in the world to reap the best out of it

Based on this as a student of MBA Hr I have done my summer internship in Metal and Steel Factory Isadora The internship was for a duration of 2 month and it involved a lot of learning activities all around I was need to carry a research which involves the study of training need assessment of industrial employees of Metal amp Steel Factory to find out the training and development need of industrial employees

S N Contents P age No

1 CHAPTER 1IntroductionList of tables

1-23

2 CHAPTER 2Industry Overview 4-8

3 CHAPTER 3Description And Objectives 10-17

4 CHAPTER 4Research Methodology 18-19

5 CHAPTER 5Data Analysis Results and Interpretation 20-37

6 CHAPTER 6Conclusions 38

7 CHAPTER 7Limitations of the project 39

8 CHAPTER 8Recommendations and Suggestions 40

9 APPENDIX

BIBLIOGRAHY

41

42

INTRODUCTION |CHAPTER 1

11 PROJECT DETAIL The primary focus of this training need assessmentanalysis is to determine the gap in capabilities of skills and knowledge of Industrial employees of Metal and steel factory A training need exists when there is a gap between what is required of a person to perform competently and what he actual knows A ldquotraining needs assessmentrdquo or ldquotraining needs analysisrdquo is the method of determining if a training need exists and if it does what training is required to fill the gap The expectation of knowledge skills and abilities of officials at different levels is different so there training needs are also different Training needs assessment has therefore to be for different target groups for exactly knowing what training is required for each group The purpose of conducting a needs assessment is to validate the hypothetical judgment with actual training needs to ensure that solution addresses the most needed subjects and effectively focuses the appropriate resources time and effort toward targeted solutions Training need assessment is to identify the gap between the model situation and the actual situation and the way in which it can be bridged As the gaps are identified they are evaluated to determine the manner in which the gaps can be bridged Some situations will indicate training needs Some may need nonndashtraining solutions

12 OBJECTIVE OF THE PROJECT

Training Need Assessment Methodology Keeping in view the status of skills of Industrial employees in the metal amp steel Factory and the constraints expressed by the authorities following steps were taken for conducting training needs assessment

1 The reasons for doing training needs assessment is

bull To determine whether any training is needed

bull To determine the areas in which training is needed bull To determine the gap to be

bridged

bull To determine desired training outcomes

bull To provide a basis of monitoring and evaluation Training Need Assessment Report

2 Training Need Assessment Survey among Industrial Employees

3 MSF Administration Opinion on Industrial Employees Training Needs

4 Analyzing Target Group Specific Training Needs

5 Assessment of Institutional Capabilities to provide Training

6 Validation of Training Needs

Page|1

13 SCOPE OF THE PROJECT

The scope of the study covers in depth the various Training needs of Industrial Employees and practices modules formats being followed and is limited to the company Metal amp Steel Factory and its Industrial employees The different training programmes incorporatedfacilitated in MSF through HRD outside agencies or professional groups It also judges the enhancement of the knowledge amp skills of employees and feedback on its effectiveness

14 METHODOLOGY OF THE PROJECT

RESEARCH PLAN The study involved both Exploratory and Descriptive Research

DATA SOURCE - Primary and Secondary Data

RESEARCH INSTRUMENT - Well-Structured Questionnaire

Page| 2

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE LIST PAGE NO

Table

Training Need Assessment

FIG 3AFIG 3B

1516

Questionnaires table

QNo 1-2QNo 3-4QNo 5-6QNo 7-8QNo 9-10QNo 11-12QNo 13-14QNo 15-16QNo 17-18QNo 19-20

22232425262728293031

LIST OF FIGURES PAGE NO

Organizational Hierarchy 9

FIG 5B

Bar Diagram representation of number of responses given by the Industrial Employees of the Metal amp Steel Factory

21

Page| 3 INDUSTRY OVERVIEW | CHAPTER 2

21 INTRODUCTION ldquo मटल का बढ़ता कदम हौसला इसपात का बाजओ म ह दम rdquo Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is the main producer of basic Ferrous and Non-Ferrous raw material for military hardware Present day military hardware requires use of metals of high strength coupled with superior toughnessCombination of both these properties requires use of alloy steel of Super-ultra clean quality MSF has facilities for state-of-the-art steel making in the form of Electric Arc Furnace Ladle Furnace Vacuum Degassing amp Electro Steel Re-melting ensuring production of Ultra clean steel A high capacity PLC-Controlled 2650T Forging Press with fully integrate and double manipulators gives shape to the products like Gun Barrels amp other components of Artillery and Tank Guns A state of art CNC-Controlled Redial Forging Press of 1250T for each hammers can forge various sections and profiles with high degree of isometric mechanical properties near-net finish and repeatability The Factory also possesses a hot rolling mill a high precision 2 hi 4 hi combination cold rolling mill (setup in 2006) for making thin strips of ferrous and non-ferrous material with online x-ray and mechanical gauging system Precision controlled heat treatment facilities impart high Mechanical Properties in the metal making it capable of performance under conditions of high stress Such integrated facilities for making shaping amp treating of Super-Ultra clean alloy steel-grades makes it possible to cater to any metallurgical need Production of steel cartridge cases starting from making of deep drawing quality steel (HSLA Grade) for forming the finished products is the major strength of the factory MSF is the leader in this field Electric induction Brass Melting Furnaces produces high quality 6040 withwithout Pb Brass BilletsPigs Mn-brass etc Quality intelligence personnel with sophisticated machinery consisting of Ultrasonography Laboratory Chemical Testing Computer aided Spectrographic XRF Spectrometry Hydrogen Gas Analyser and 3D coordinator for precision dimensional measurement etc

LOCATION

Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is situated in West Bengal on the Eastern Bank of River Hoogly (Ganges) at a distance of 28 KM from Kolkata and is connected by Rail and Motor-Road Nearest Airport Terminal is Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose Airport Dum Dum

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

The factory has its origin as part of Gun amp Shell Factory at Cossipore - then known as Foundry and Shell Factory- in the year 1872 when metallurgical operations by way of melting and rolling of Cartridge Brasses were first taken up Subsequently in the year 1892 manufacture of steel was taken up when open-hearth steel making furnace was commissioned With this the first authentic production of steel was introduced in India The Steel Rolling Mills were installed later on in 1896 Further expansion of metallurgical activities necessitated shifting of metallurgical plants to Ishapore

Page| 4

Relocated to its new site at Ishapore in the Year 1905 the Factory continued to function as a part of the Gun amp Shell Factory Cossipore In 1920 it became an independent unit in the

family of Ordnance Factories and had come to be known as Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore (MSF)

MSF has been the cradle of military-metallurgy in India The facilities amp expertise available in carrying out development of products and investigation of failures by the attached inspectorate led to the formation of Technical Development Establishment (Metals) in the year 1951 which was upgraded in the year 1956 to the Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory (DMRL) within its premises DMRL was later on shifted to Hyderabad in the year 1963 after bifurcation into DMRL and CI (Metals)

22 PRODUCT PROFILE

MSF is strategically placed considering its product profile The main products are listed below

1 Large Medium amp Small forgings2 (i) ESR Slugs (ii) Torsion Bars (iii) All kind of steel and forgings for defence application

3 Ammunition Items (i) Medium Caliber steel Cartridge Cases etc (ii) Steel amp Brass Blanks for Cartridge Cases for different caliber (iii) Steel amp Brass Rods for ammunition hardwares

Products Core Competency Area

1) Gun Barrels and Forged Gun Components2) Rolled Steel BarsRods of Ultra Clean Steel3) Brass Rods4) Steel Cartridge Cases of Medium Calibre

Civil Trade

The Ordnance Factories have undertaken Civil Trade since July 1986 for optimal utilization of capacities It has been impressed upon the factories to undertake Civil Trade wherever capacities are available since this would also lessen dependence on budgetary support The Factory diversified into civil trade with a view to utilizing its spare capacity

Page| 523 PRODUCTION FACILITIES

The development of new weapon systems calls for stringent metallurgical property requirements for the special Alloy Steels and Non-ferrous Alloys that go into making of weapon systems Special characteristics of the Defence Materials are the multiplicity of specifications adherence to high quality standards and special metallurgical properties Quantity of supply ranges from fifty Kilograms to hundreds of MT In fulfilling these requirements MSF has played a unique role in quick development and productionisation of new armaments in the country In addition MSF has taken adequate care and advance action in order to not only be competent but also to be at the forefront in quality standards and latest in technological advantages by developing core competencies in the following areas

Manufacture of highly specialised steels through the latest technology ie ESR amp LF-VD for tank gun barrel like T-72 130mm 155mm and all types of steel blanks required for sister factories for various types of cartridge cases for 30mm Sarath 23mm Schilka 73mm 762mm and 125mm ammunition This factory has established the capability for the manufacture of the specialised forgings for Arjun Tank

Various types of steel cartridge cases and blanks

In addtion to above MSF has got the following Production facilities

Steel Making

Melting 15 Ton amp 2 Ton Basic Electric Arc Furnace with cored-wire Ca-Si Injection Argon purging and Slide Gate Teeming Bottom Pouring facilities

Secondary Steel Refining 20 Ton capacity Ladle Furnace - Vacuum Degassing (LF-VD) and 10 Ton capacity Electro Slag Re-melting (ESR) units in conjunction with 15 Ton EAF

Press Forging 2650 Ton ZDAS Forging Press with rail bound manipulator for heavy forgings

Hammer Forging 5 Ton MASSEY pneumatic Hammer and battery of other Pneumatic Hammers (1Ton 10 CWT) for medium and smaller section forgings and tools

Rolling 28 inches 2-high reversing LAMBERTON make Bar Mill with Manipulator and Roller

Tables 3 High 550 mm X 1500mm MORGARDSHAMMER Billet Rolling Mill Double Duo Rod

Rolling Mill of 10 inches diameter stands Bright bar processing facilities

Upset Forging 1200 ton Horizontal Forging Machine

Page| 6

Hollow Forging Battery of 280 Ton and 150 Ton vertical Forging presses for hollow forgings upto 125 mm dia and 550 mm length with one or both ends open

Drop Stamping 10 Ton double acting forging machine battery of Drop Stamp Hammers (1Ton 15 CWT 7 CWT)

Heat Treatment Bogie-hearth Electric Annealing and normalizing Furnaces Pit type Electric Furnace with quenching facilities for hardening and tempering

Brass Melting Battery of Electric Induction Brass Melting furnaces comprising of 2 Nos 540 kgs

GEC make Brass melting furnaces Four Nos 300Kgs and three nos 500Kgs AJAX Watt medium frequency melting furnaces

Cold Rolling Cold Rolling Mills for rolling of brass slabs

Extrusion 1250 Ton Hydraulic Direct Extrusion Press for brass rodstubes and Draw Benches

Cupping and Deep Drawing Cupping and Deep drawing of Brass and Steel Chemical Passivation and finishing

24 MISSION amp VISION

Mission Statement

Production of State of the Art Battle Field Equipments

Vision Statement

1 To equip our Armed Forces with modern Defence and Battle Field Equipments2 To continuously modernize our production facilities3 To train and motivate personnel 4 To equip ourselves with technologies through acquisition synergy and in-house RampD 5 To continuously improve quality6 To achieve highest level of customer satisfaction 7 To increase customer base in defence non-defence and export markets and establish global presence

________________________________________________________________ _ iemsip Page| 7

Objectives

1 The prime objective is to make quality steel forging and feed sister ordnance factories in the form of PYT gun barrels cartridge cases shell bars and miscellaneous bar products 2 To manufacture non-ferrous rods blanks strips as well as Die casting3 To maintain and strengthen the factory core competence of producing and supplying high technology product4 Growth based on the optimal utilization of available infrastructure with further judicious investment 5 To increase the productivity by continual quality improvement measures RampD efforts and increased efficiency of all plants and processes 6 To effect the delivery of products as per time schedule 7 To perpetually strive for cost reduction 8 To scale up civil trade activities to exploit sizeable opportunities in civil sector and to expand customer base globally9 To diversify product range and develop new products through Research and Development10To improve the working environment by improving shop layouts and construction of new shops amp civil works which will increase productivity through better handling of materials intermediaries

25 Production amp Quality Control Facilities Resources

Quality PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory are committed to meet the customers enhanced requirements through continual improvement of our products Our testing laboratories are accredited by NABL etc

Safety PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore are committed to ensure safe practices Safe working condition and Healthy Environment for every employees as also anyone working within the premises

2HI-4HI COLD ROLLING MILL ELECTRO SLAG REMELTING GUN HEAT TREATMENT HEAVY DUTY LATHES NEW GUNFORGE RADIAL FORGING SHOP STRAIGHTENING PRESS LADLE FORGE AUTO GUAGE EDM WIRE CUT MACHINE MVC-006F MVC-025F

Page| 8

DESPRIPTION amp OBJECTIVES | CHAPTER 3

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPEMENT (HRD) DEPARTMENT

31 DESCRIPTION

Human Resource Development (HRD) is the framework for helping employees develop their personal and organizational skills knowledge and abilities Human Resource Development includes such opportunities as employee training employee career development performance management and development coaching mentoring succession planning key employee identification tuition assistance and organization development

The focus of all aspects of Human Resource Development is on developing the most superior workforce so that the organization and individual employees can accomplish their work goals in service to customers

Human Resource Development can be formal such as in classroom training a college course or an organizational planned change effort Or Human Resource Development can be informal as in employee coaching by a manager Healthy organizations believe in Human ResourceDevelopment and cover all of these bases

311 OBJECTIVES OF HRD DEPARTMENT

1 EquityRecognizing every employee at par irrespective of caste creed religion and language can create a very good environment in an organization HRD must ensure that the organization creates a culture and provides equal opportunities to all employees in matters of career planning promotion quality of work life training and development

2 EmployabilityEmployability means the ability skills and competencies of an individual to seek gainful employment anywhere So HRD should aim at improving the skills of employees in order to motivate them to work with effectiveness

3 AdaptabilityContinuous training that develops the professional skills of employees plays an important role in HRD This can help the employees to adapt themselves to organizational change that takes place on a continuous basis

Page| 10

312 INDUSTRIAL RELATION

Definition of Industrial Relations

Industrial relation is defined as relation of Individual or group of employee and employer for engaging themselves in a way to maximize the productive activitiesIn the words of Lester ldquoIndustrial relations involve attempts at arriving at solutions between the conflicting objectives and values between the profit motive and social gain between discipline and freedom between authority and industrial democracy between bargaining and co-operation and between conflicting interests of the individual the group and the community

Need for Industrial Relation

Need of Industrial Relation has arisen to defend the interest of workers for adjusting the reasonable salary or wages It also helps the workers to seek perfect working condition for producing maximum output Workersemployees are concerned with social security measures through this Industrial Relations is also needed for achieving the democracy by allowing worker to take part in management which helps to protect human rights of individual Salaries in India are much more attractive in Indian subcontinent As India is having flourishing economy the job opportunities are emerging and there is huge scope of expansion The salary pattern of India is also growing Even the seventh pay commission is also spreading the way to coming soon The Salaries of private sector is also in the upswing mode with the increase of 11 annually Although Inflation is one of the major factor which nullify the increase in the salary But still the inflation is lower than the increase in the salary So this can be seen as increase in the salary

ABOUT INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES (IES) OF METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

A person working in a factory or Industry is known as industrial Employee In Metal amp Steel Factory there are more than 2000 industrial employees who work in different Sections There are total 47 trades and each trade has again 5 grades The lowest grade is the Semi-skilled or Unskilled labour and the Highest grade of IES is Master Craftsman The labour Bureau a department of Metal amp Steel factory looks after the Industrial Employees Human Resource Development another department of metal amp Steel factory arranges training for the Industrial employees Industrial Employees are highly skilled and are literate They are directly recruited to semi skill grade and promoted accordingly trade test The industrial employees have to pass a trade test which contains both theoretical and practical knowledge to get promoted to next grade All the detail of recruitment of industrial employees are mentioned in SRO (Statutory Regulatory Order) Of the organisation According to 6 th Central Pay Commission Group D has been abolished so Industrial Employees now comes under only Group C

Page| 11

FIG3 A- GRADE CHART OF INDUSRTIAL EMLOYEES

Grade Pay Band Grade Pay Qualification Experience Trade Test

MCM 9300 ndash 34800- 4200- By promotion (same as HS I)

HS II- 7years

HS I- 3 years

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

Total10years

HS I 5200 ndash 20200- 2800- By promotion (Same as HS II)

HS II-3 years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

HS II 5200 ndash 20200- 2400- By promotion (Same as SK)

SK- 3years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SK 5200 ndash 20200- 1900- BY Promotion (Same as SSK)

SSK Annexure A(2years)

SSK Annexure B(3years)

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SSK 5200 ndash 20200- 1800- Essential passed ndash Vth Class

Desirable ndash Matriculate

No experience

By Direct Recruitment After Adjustment of Surplus

Page| 15

32 ABOUT THE TOPIC

A Training Need Assessment provides information on the training and skills development requirements of all members of your network It is one of the key steps in preparing a training plan and will provide you with information on which to base your networks training plan It enables you to

Identify the gap between current and required levels of knowledge skills and attitude Identify what the general content of training should be Form the foundation of a training plan Provide a baseline for the evaluation of a training plan Ensure that appropriate and relevant training is delivered Maximise use of scarce resources

Overall Purpose of Training Needs Assessment and AnalysisA training analysis is conducted ultimately to identify what areas of knowledge or behaviors that training needs to accomplish with learners The analysis considers what results the organization needs from the learner what knowledge and skills the learner presently has and usually concludes with identifying what knowledge and skills the learner must gain (the performance gap)

Usually this phase also includes identifying when training should occur and who should attend as learners Ideally criteria are established for the final evaluation of training to conclude if training goals were met or not

Depending on the resources and needs of the organization a training analysis can range from a very detailed inventory of skills to a general review of performance results The more complete the training analysis the more likely that the employees training will ultimately contribute results to the organization

BENIFITS OF TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT

Identifies performance goals and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by a companys workforce to achieve those goals

Identifies gaps in training provision in sectors and or regions Helps direct resources to areas of greatest priority Addresses resources needed to fulfil the organisational mission improve

productivity and provide quality products and services

Page| 16

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

Executive Summary

The purpose of a training needs assessment is to identify performance requirements and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by an agencys workforce to achieve the requirements An effective training needs assessment will help direct resources to areas of greatest demand The assessment should address resources needed to fulfil organizational mission improve productivity and provide quality products and services A needs assessment is the process of identifying the gap between performance required and current performance When a difference exists it explores the causes and reasons for the gap and methods for closing or eliminating the gap A complete needs assessment also considers the consequences for ignoring the gaps Every organization needs to have well trained and experienced people to perform the activities that have to be done If current or potential job occupants can meet this requirement training is not important When this not the case it is necessary to raise the skill levels and increase the versatility and adaptability of employees It is being increasing common for individual to change careers several times during their working lives The probability of any young person learning a job today and having those skills go basically unchanged during the forty or so years if his career is extremely unlikely may be even impossible In a rapid changing society employee training is not only an activity that is desirable but also an activity that an organization must commit resources to if it is to maintain a viable and knowledgeable work force

The entire project talks about the training and development need assessment in theoretical as well as new concepts which are in trend now Here we have discussed what would be the input of training if we ever go for and how can it be good to any organization in reaping the benefits from the money invested in terms like (ROI) ie return on investment What are the ways we can identify the training need of any employee and how to know what kind of training he can go for Training being covered in different aspect likes integrating it with organizational culture The best and latest available trends in training method the benefits which we can derive out of it How the evaluation should be done and how effective is the training all together Some of the companies practicing training in unique manner a lesson for other to follow as to how to train and retain the best resource in the world to reap the best out of it

Based on this as a student of MBA Hr I have done my summer internship in Metal and Steel Factory Isadora The internship was for a duration of 2 month and it involved a lot of learning activities all around I was need to carry a research which involves the study of training need assessment of industrial employees of Metal amp Steel Factory to find out the training and development need of industrial employees

S N Contents P age No

1 CHAPTER 1IntroductionList of tables

1-23

2 CHAPTER 2Industry Overview 4-8

3 CHAPTER 3Description And Objectives 10-17

4 CHAPTER 4Research Methodology 18-19

5 CHAPTER 5Data Analysis Results and Interpretation 20-37

6 CHAPTER 6Conclusions 38

7 CHAPTER 7Limitations of the project 39

8 CHAPTER 8Recommendations and Suggestions 40

9 APPENDIX

BIBLIOGRAHY

41

42

INTRODUCTION |CHAPTER 1

11 PROJECT DETAIL The primary focus of this training need assessmentanalysis is to determine the gap in capabilities of skills and knowledge of Industrial employees of Metal and steel factory A training need exists when there is a gap between what is required of a person to perform competently and what he actual knows A ldquotraining needs assessmentrdquo or ldquotraining needs analysisrdquo is the method of determining if a training need exists and if it does what training is required to fill the gap The expectation of knowledge skills and abilities of officials at different levels is different so there training needs are also different Training needs assessment has therefore to be for different target groups for exactly knowing what training is required for each group The purpose of conducting a needs assessment is to validate the hypothetical judgment with actual training needs to ensure that solution addresses the most needed subjects and effectively focuses the appropriate resources time and effort toward targeted solutions Training need assessment is to identify the gap between the model situation and the actual situation and the way in which it can be bridged As the gaps are identified they are evaluated to determine the manner in which the gaps can be bridged Some situations will indicate training needs Some may need nonndashtraining solutions

12 OBJECTIVE OF THE PROJECT

Training Need Assessment Methodology Keeping in view the status of skills of Industrial employees in the metal amp steel Factory and the constraints expressed by the authorities following steps were taken for conducting training needs assessment

1 The reasons for doing training needs assessment is

bull To determine whether any training is needed

bull To determine the areas in which training is needed bull To determine the gap to be

bridged

bull To determine desired training outcomes

bull To provide a basis of monitoring and evaluation Training Need Assessment Report

2 Training Need Assessment Survey among Industrial Employees

3 MSF Administration Opinion on Industrial Employees Training Needs

4 Analyzing Target Group Specific Training Needs

5 Assessment of Institutional Capabilities to provide Training

6 Validation of Training Needs

Page|1

13 SCOPE OF THE PROJECT

The scope of the study covers in depth the various Training needs of Industrial Employees and practices modules formats being followed and is limited to the company Metal amp Steel Factory and its Industrial employees The different training programmes incorporatedfacilitated in MSF through HRD outside agencies or professional groups It also judges the enhancement of the knowledge amp skills of employees and feedback on its effectiveness

14 METHODOLOGY OF THE PROJECT

RESEARCH PLAN The study involved both Exploratory and Descriptive Research

DATA SOURCE - Primary and Secondary Data

RESEARCH INSTRUMENT - Well-Structured Questionnaire

Page| 2

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE LIST PAGE NO

Table

Training Need Assessment

FIG 3AFIG 3B

1516

Questionnaires table

QNo 1-2QNo 3-4QNo 5-6QNo 7-8QNo 9-10QNo 11-12QNo 13-14QNo 15-16QNo 17-18QNo 19-20

22232425262728293031

LIST OF FIGURES PAGE NO

Organizational Hierarchy 9

FIG 5B

Bar Diagram representation of number of responses given by the Industrial Employees of the Metal amp Steel Factory

21

Page| 3 INDUSTRY OVERVIEW | CHAPTER 2

21 INTRODUCTION ldquo मटल का बढ़ता कदम हौसला इसपात का बाजओ म ह दम rdquo Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is the main producer of basic Ferrous and Non-Ferrous raw material for military hardware Present day military hardware requires use of metals of high strength coupled with superior toughnessCombination of both these properties requires use of alloy steel of Super-ultra clean quality MSF has facilities for state-of-the-art steel making in the form of Electric Arc Furnace Ladle Furnace Vacuum Degassing amp Electro Steel Re-melting ensuring production of Ultra clean steel A high capacity PLC-Controlled 2650T Forging Press with fully integrate and double manipulators gives shape to the products like Gun Barrels amp other components of Artillery and Tank Guns A state of art CNC-Controlled Redial Forging Press of 1250T for each hammers can forge various sections and profiles with high degree of isometric mechanical properties near-net finish and repeatability The Factory also possesses a hot rolling mill a high precision 2 hi 4 hi combination cold rolling mill (setup in 2006) for making thin strips of ferrous and non-ferrous material with online x-ray and mechanical gauging system Precision controlled heat treatment facilities impart high Mechanical Properties in the metal making it capable of performance under conditions of high stress Such integrated facilities for making shaping amp treating of Super-Ultra clean alloy steel-grades makes it possible to cater to any metallurgical need Production of steel cartridge cases starting from making of deep drawing quality steel (HSLA Grade) for forming the finished products is the major strength of the factory MSF is the leader in this field Electric induction Brass Melting Furnaces produces high quality 6040 withwithout Pb Brass BilletsPigs Mn-brass etc Quality intelligence personnel with sophisticated machinery consisting of Ultrasonography Laboratory Chemical Testing Computer aided Spectrographic XRF Spectrometry Hydrogen Gas Analyser and 3D coordinator for precision dimensional measurement etc

LOCATION

Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is situated in West Bengal on the Eastern Bank of River Hoogly (Ganges) at a distance of 28 KM from Kolkata and is connected by Rail and Motor-Road Nearest Airport Terminal is Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose Airport Dum Dum

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

The factory has its origin as part of Gun amp Shell Factory at Cossipore - then known as Foundry and Shell Factory- in the year 1872 when metallurgical operations by way of melting and rolling of Cartridge Brasses were first taken up Subsequently in the year 1892 manufacture of steel was taken up when open-hearth steel making furnace was commissioned With this the first authentic production of steel was introduced in India The Steel Rolling Mills were installed later on in 1896 Further expansion of metallurgical activities necessitated shifting of metallurgical plants to Ishapore

Page| 4

Relocated to its new site at Ishapore in the Year 1905 the Factory continued to function as a part of the Gun amp Shell Factory Cossipore In 1920 it became an independent unit in the

family of Ordnance Factories and had come to be known as Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore (MSF)

MSF has been the cradle of military-metallurgy in India The facilities amp expertise available in carrying out development of products and investigation of failures by the attached inspectorate led to the formation of Technical Development Establishment (Metals) in the year 1951 which was upgraded in the year 1956 to the Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory (DMRL) within its premises DMRL was later on shifted to Hyderabad in the year 1963 after bifurcation into DMRL and CI (Metals)

22 PRODUCT PROFILE

MSF is strategically placed considering its product profile The main products are listed below

1 Large Medium amp Small forgings2 (i) ESR Slugs (ii) Torsion Bars (iii) All kind of steel and forgings for defence application

3 Ammunition Items (i) Medium Caliber steel Cartridge Cases etc (ii) Steel amp Brass Blanks for Cartridge Cases for different caliber (iii) Steel amp Brass Rods for ammunition hardwares

Products Core Competency Area

1) Gun Barrels and Forged Gun Components2) Rolled Steel BarsRods of Ultra Clean Steel3) Brass Rods4) Steel Cartridge Cases of Medium Calibre

Civil Trade

The Ordnance Factories have undertaken Civil Trade since July 1986 for optimal utilization of capacities It has been impressed upon the factories to undertake Civil Trade wherever capacities are available since this would also lessen dependence on budgetary support The Factory diversified into civil trade with a view to utilizing its spare capacity

Page| 523 PRODUCTION FACILITIES

The development of new weapon systems calls for stringent metallurgical property requirements for the special Alloy Steels and Non-ferrous Alloys that go into making of weapon systems Special characteristics of the Defence Materials are the multiplicity of specifications adherence to high quality standards and special metallurgical properties Quantity of supply ranges from fifty Kilograms to hundreds of MT In fulfilling these requirements MSF has played a unique role in quick development and productionisation of new armaments in the country In addition MSF has taken adequate care and advance action in order to not only be competent but also to be at the forefront in quality standards and latest in technological advantages by developing core competencies in the following areas

Manufacture of highly specialised steels through the latest technology ie ESR amp LF-VD for tank gun barrel like T-72 130mm 155mm and all types of steel blanks required for sister factories for various types of cartridge cases for 30mm Sarath 23mm Schilka 73mm 762mm and 125mm ammunition This factory has established the capability for the manufacture of the specialised forgings for Arjun Tank

Various types of steel cartridge cases and blanks

In addtion to above MSF has got the following Production facilities

Steel Making

Melting 15 Ton amp 2 Ton Basic Electric Arc Furnace with cored-wire Ca-Si Injection Argon purging and Slide Gate Teeming Bottom Pouring facilities

Secondary Steel Refining 20 Ton capacity Ladle Furnace - Vacuum Degassing (LF-VD) and 10 Ton capacity Electro Slag Re-melting (ESR) units in conjunction with 15 Ton EAF

Press Forging 2650 Ton ZDAS Forging Press with rail bound manipulator for heavy forgings

Hammer Forging 5 Ton MASSEY pneumatic Hammer and battery of other Pneumatic Hammers (1Ton 10 CWT) for medium and smaller section forgings and tools

Rolling 28 inches 2-high reversing LAMBERTON make Bar Mill with Manipulator and Roller

Tables 3 High 550 mm X 1500mm MORGARDSHAMMER Billet Rolling Mill Double Duo Rod

Rolling Mill of 10 inches diameter stands Bright bar processing facilities

Upset Forging 1200 ton Horizontal Forging Machine

Page| 6

Hollow Forging Battery of 280 Ton and 150 Ton vertical Forging presses for hollow forgings upto 125 mm dia and 550 mm length with one or both ends open

Drop Stamping 10 Ton double acting forging machine battery of Drop Stamp Hammers (1Ton 15 CWT 7 CWT)

Heat Treatment Bogie-hearth Electric Annealing and normalizing Furnaces Pit type Electric Furnace with quenching facilities for hardening and tempering

Brass Melting Battery of Electric Induction Brass Melting furnaces comprising of 2 Nos 540 kgs

GEC make Brass melting furnaces Four Nos 300Kgs and three nos 500Kgs AJAX Watt medium frequency melting furnaces

Cold Rolling Cold Rolling Mills for rolling of brass slabs

Extrusion 1250 Ton Hydraulic Direct Extrusion Press for brass rodstubes and Draw Benches

Cupping and Deep Drawing Cupping and Deep drawing of Brass and Steel Chemical Passivation and finishing

24 MISSION amp VISION

Mission Statement

Production of State of the Art Battle Field Equipments

Vision Statement

1 To equip our Armed Forces with modern Defence and Battle Field Equipments2 To continuously modernize our production facilities3 To train and motivate personnel 4 To equip ourselves with technologies through acquisition synergy and in-house RampD 5 To continuously improve quality6 To achieve highest level of customer satisfaction 7 To increase customer base in defence non-defence and export markets and establish global presence

________________________________________________________________ _ iemsip Page| 7

Objectives

1 The prime objective is to make quality steel forging and feed sister ordnance factories in the form of PYT gun barrels cartridge cases shell bars and miscellaneous bar products 2 To manufacture non-ferrous rods blanks strips as well as Die casting3 To maintain and strengthen the factory core competence of producing and supplying high technology product4 Growth based on the optimal utilization of available infrastructure with further judicious investment 5 To increase the productivity by continual quality improvement measures RampD efforts and increased efficiency of all plants and processes 6 To effect the delivery of products as per time schedule 7 To perpetually strive for cost reduction 8 To scale up civil trade activities to exploit sizeable opportunities in civil sector and to expand customer base globally9 To diversify product range and develop new products through Research and Development10To improve the working environment by improving shop layouts and construction of new shops amp civil works which will increase productivity through better handling of materials intermediaries

25 Production amp Quality Control Facilities Resources

Quality PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory are committed to meet the customers enhanced requirements through continual improvement of our products Our testing laboratories are accredited by NABL etc

Safety PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore are committed to ensure safe practices Safe working condition and Healthy Environment for every employees as also anyone working within the premises

2HI-4HI COLD ROLLING MILL ELECTRO SLAG REMELTING GUN HEAT TREATMENT HEAVY DUTY LATHES NEW GUNFORGE RADIAL FORGING SHOP STRAIGHTENING PRESS LADLE FORGE AUTO GUAGE EDM WIRE CUT MACHINE MVC-006F MVC-025F

Page| 8

DESPRIPTION amp OBJECTIVES | CHAPTER 3

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPEMENT (HRD) DEPARTMENT

31 DESCRIPTION

Human Resource Development (HRD) is the framework for helping employees develop their personal and organizational skills knowledge and abilities Human Resource Development includes such opportunities as employee training employee career development performance management and development coaching mentoring succession planning key employee identification tuition assistance and organization development

The focus of all aspects of Human Resource Development is on developing the most superior workforce so that the organization and individual employees can accomplish their work goals in service to customers

Human Resource Development can be formal such as in classroom training a college course or an organizational planned change effort Or Human Resource Development can be informal as in employee coaching by a manager Healthy organizations believe in Human ResourceDevelopment and cover all of these bases

311 OBJECTIVES OF HRD DEPARTMENT

1 EquityRecognizing every employee at par irrespective of caste creed religion and language can create a very good environment in an organization HRD must ensure that the organization creates a culture and provides equal opportunities to all employees in matters of career planning promotion quality of work life training and development

2 EmployabilityEmployability means the ability skills and competencies of an individual to seek gainful employment anywhere So HRD should aim at improving the skills of employees in order to motivate them to work with effectiveness

3 AdaptabilityContinuous training that develops the professional skills of employees plays an important role in HRD This can help the employees to adapt themselves to organizational change that takes place on a continuous basis

Page| 10

312 INDUSTRIAL RELATION

Definition of Industrial Relations

Industrial relation is defined as relation of Individual or group of employee and employer for engaging themselves in a way to maximize the productive activitiesIn the words of Lester ldquoIndustrial relations involve attempts at arriving at solutions between the conflicting objectives and values between the profit motive and social gain between discipline and freedom between authority and industrial democracy between bargaining and co-operation and between conflicting interests of the individual the group and the community

Need for Industrial Relation

Need of Industrial Relation has arisen to defend the interest of workers for adjusting the reasonable salary or wages It also helps the workers to seek perfect working condition for producing maximum output Workersemployees are concerned with social security measures through this Industrial Relations is also needed for achieving the democracy by allowing worker to take part in management which helps to protect human rights of individual Salaries in India are much more attractive in Indian subcontinent As India is having flourishing economy the job opportunities are emerging and there is huge scope of expansion The salary pattern of India is also growing Even the seventh pay commission is also spreading the way to coming soon The Salaries of private sector is also in the upswing mode with the increase of 11 annually Although Inflation is one of the major factor which nullify the increase in the salary But still the inflation is lower than the increase in the salary So this can be seen as increase in the salary

ABOUT INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES (IES) OF METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

A person working in a factory or Industry is known as industrial Employee In Metal amp Steel Factory there are more than 2000 industrial employees who work in different Sections There are total 47 trades and each trade has again 5 grades The lowest grade is the Semi-skilled or Unskilled labour and the Highest grade of IES is Master Craftsman The labour Bureau a department of Metal amp Steel factory looks after the Industrial Employees Human Resource Development another department of metal amp Steel factory arranges training for the Industrial employees Industrial Employees are highly skilled and are literate They are directly recruited to semi skill grade and promoted accordingly trade test The industrial employees have to pass a trade test which contains both theoretical and practical knowledge to get promoted to next grade All the detail of recruitment of industrial employees are mentioned in SRO (Statutory Regulatory Order) Of the organisation According to 6 th Central Pay Commission Group D has been abolished so Industrial Employees now comes under only Group C

Page| 11

FIG3 A- GRADE CHART OF INDUSRTIAL EMLOYEES

Grade Pay Band Grade Pay Qualification Experience Trade Test

MCM 9300 ndash 34800- 4200- By promotion (same as HS I)

HS II- 7years

HS I- 3 years

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

Total10years

HS I 5200 ndash 20200- 2800- By promotion (Same as HS II)

HS II-3 years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

HS II 5200 ndash 20200- 2400- By promotion (Same as SK)

SK- 3years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SK 5200 ndash 20200- 1900- BY Promotion (Same as SSK)

SSK Annexure A(2years)

SSK Annexure B(3years)

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SSK 5200 ndash 20200- 1800- Essential passed ndash Vth Class

Desirable ndash Matriculate

No experience

By Direct Recruitment After Adjustment of Surplus

Page| 15

32 ABOUT THE TOPIC

A Training Need Assessment provides information on the training and skills development requirements of all members of your network It is one of the key steps in preparing a training plan and will provide you with information on which to base your networks training plan It enables you to

Identify the gap between current and required levels of knowledge skills and attitude Identify what the general content of training should be Form the foundation of a training plan Provide a baseline for the evaluation of a training plan Ensure that appropriate and relevant training is delivered Maximise use of scarce resources

Overall Purpose of Training Needs Assessment and AnalysisA training analysis is conducted ultimately to identify what areas of knowledge or behaviors that training needs to accomplish with learners The analysis considers what results the organization needs from the learner what knowledge and skills the learner presently has and usually concludes with identifying what knowledge and skills the learner must gain (the performance gap)

Usually this phase also includes identifying when training should occur and who should attend as learners Ideally criteria are established for the final evaluation of training to conclude if training goals were met or not

Depending on the resources and needs of the organization a training analysis can range from a very detailed inventory of skills to a general review of performance results The more complete the training analysis the more likely that the employees training will ultimately contribute results to the organization

BENIFITS OF TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT

Identifies performance goals and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by a companys workforce to achieve those goals

Identifies gaps in training provision in sectors and or regions Helps direct resources to areas of greatest priority Addresses resources needed to fulfil the organisational mission improve

productivity and provide quality products and services

Page| 16

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

S N Contents P age No

1 CHAPTER 1IntroductionList of tables

1-23

2 CHAPTER 2Industry Overview 4-8

3 CHAPTER 3Description And Objectives 10-17

4 CHAPTER 4Research Methodology 18-19

5 CHAPTER 5Data Analysis Results and Interpretation 20-37

6 CHAPTER 6Conclusions 38

7 CHAPTER 7Limitations of the project 39

8 CHAPTER 8Recommendations and Suggestions 40

9 APPENDIX

BIBLIOGRAHY

41

42

INTRODUCTION |CHAPTER 1

11 PROJECT DETAIL The primary focus of this training need assessmentanalysis is to determine the gap in capabilities of skills and knowledge of Industrial employees of Metal and steel factory A training need exists when there is a gap between what is required of a person to perform competently and what he actual knows A ldquotraining needs assessmentrdquo or ldquotraining needs analysisrdquo is the method of determining if a training need exists and if it does what training is required to fill the gap The expectation of knowledge skills and abilities of officials at different levels is different so there training needs are also different Training needs assessment has therefore to be for different target groups for exactly knowing what training is required for each group The purpose of conducting a needs assessment is to validate the hypothetical judgment with actual training needs to ensure that solution addresses the most needed subjects and effectively focuses the appropriate resources time and effort toward targeted solutions Training need assessment is to identify the gap between the model situation and the actual situation and the way in which it can be bridged As the gaps are identified they are evaluated to determine the manner in which the gaps can be bridged Some situations will indicate training needs Some may need nonndashtraining solutions

12 OBJECTIVE OF THE PROJECT

Training Need Assessment Methodology Keeping in view the status of skills of Industrial employees in the metal amp steel Factory and the constraints expressed by the authorities following steps were taken for conducting training needs assessment

1 The reasons for doing training needs assessment is

bull To determine whether any training is needed

bull To determine the areas in which training is needed bull To determine the gap to be

bridged

bull To determine desired training outcomes

bull To provide a basis of monitoring and evaluation Training Need Assessment Report

2 Training Need Assessment Survey among Industrial Employees

3 MSF Administration Opinion on Industrial Employees Training Needs

4 Analyzing Target Group Specific Training Needs

5 Assessment of Institutional Capabilities to provide Training

6 Validation of Training Needs

Page|1

13 SCOPE OF THE PROJECT

The scope of the study covers in depth the various Training needs of Industrial Employees and practices modules formats being followed and is limited to the company Metal amp Steel Factory and its Industrial employees The different training programmes incorporatedfacilitated in MSF through HRD outside agencies or professional groups It also judges the enhancement of the knowledge amp skills of employees and feedback on its effectiveness

14 METHODOLOGY OF THE PROJECT

RESEARCH PLAN The study involved both Exploratory and Descriptive Research

DATA SOURCE - Primary and Secondary Data

RESEARCH INSTRUMENT - Well-Structured Questionnaire

Page| 2

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE LIST PAGE NO

Table

Training Need Assessment

FIG 3AFIG 3B

1516

Questionnaires table

QNo 1-2QNo 3-4QNo 5-6QNo 7-8QNo 9-10QNo 11-12QNo 13-14QNo 15-16QNo 17-18QNo 19-20

22232425262728293031

LIST OF FIGURES PAGE NO

Organizational Hierarchy 9

FIG 5B

Bar Diagram representation of number of responses given by the Industrial Employees of the Metal amp Steel Factory

21

Page| 3 INDUSTRY OVERVIEW | CHAPTER 2

21 INTRODUCTION ldquo मटल का बढ़ता कदम हौसला इसपात का बाजओ म ह दम rdquo Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is the main producer of basic Ferrous and Non-Ferrous raw material for military hardware Present day military hardware requires use of metals of high strength coupled with superior toughnessCombination of both these properties requires use of alloy steel of Super-ultra clean quality MSF has facilities for state-of-the-art steel making in the form of Electric Arc Furnace Ladle Furnace Vacuum Degassing amp Electro Steel Re-melting ensuring production of Ultra clean steel A high capacity PLC-Controlled 2650T Forging Press with fully integrate and double manipulators gives shape to the products like Gun Barrels amp other components of Artillery and Tank Guns A state of art CNC-Controlled Redial Forging Press of 1250T for each hammers can forge various sections and profiles with high degree of isometric mechanical properties near-net finish and repeatability The Factory also possesses a hot rolling mill a high precision 2 hi 4 hi combination cold rolling mill (setup in 2006) for making thin strips of ferrous and non-ferrous material with online x-ray and mechanical gauging system Precision controlled heat treatment facilities impart high Mechanical Properties in the metal making it capable of performance under conditions of high stress Such integrated facilities for making shaping amp treating of Super-Ultra clean alloy steel-grades makes it possible to cater to any metallurgical need Production of steel cartridge cases starting from making of deep drawing quality steel (HSLA Grade) for forming the finished products is the major strength of the factory MSF is the leader in this field Electric induction Brass Melting Furnaces produces high quality 6040 withwithout Pb Brass BilletsPigs Mn-brass etc Quality intelligence personnel with sophisticated machinery consisting of Ultrasonography Laboratory Chemical Testing Computer aided Spectrographic XRF Spectrometry Hydrogen Gas Analyser and 3D coordinator for precision dimensional measurement etc

LOCATION

Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is situated in West Bengal on the Eastern Bank of River Hoogly (Ganges) at a distance of 28 KM from Kolkata and is connected by Rail and Motor-Road Nearest Airport Terminal is Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose Airport Dum Dum

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

The factory has its origin as part of Gun amp Shell Factory at Cossipore - then known as Foundry and Shell Factory- in the year 1872 when metallurgical operations by way of melting and rolling of Cartridge Brasses were first taken up Subsequently in the year 1892 manufacture of steel was taken up when open-hearth steel making furnace was commissioned With this the first authentic production of steel was introduced in India The Steel Rolling Mills were installed later on in 1896 Further expansion of metallurgical activities necessitated shifting of metallurgical plants to Ishapore

Page| 4

Relocated to its new site at Ishapore in the Year 1905 the Factory continued to function as a part of the Gun amp Shell Factory Cossipore In 1920 it became an independent unit in the

family of Ordnance Factories and had come to be known as Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore (MSF)

MSF has been the cradle of military-metallurgy in India The facilities amp expertise available in carrying out development of products and investigation of failures by the attached inspectorate led to the formation of Technical Development Establishment (Metals) in the year 1951 which was upgraded in the year 1956 to the Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory (DMRL) within its premises DMRL was later on shifted to Hyderabad in the year 1963 after bifurcation into DMRL and CI (Metals)

22 PRODUCT PROFILE

MSF is strategically placed considering its product profile The main products are listed below

1 Large Medium amp Small forgings2 (i) ESR Slugs (ii) Torsion Bars (iii) All kind of steel and forgings for defence application

3 Ammunition Items (i) Medium Caliber steel Cartridge Cases etc (ii) Steel amp Brass Blanks for Cartridge Cases for different caliber (iii) Steel amp Brass Rods for ammunition hardwares

Products Core Competency Area

1) Gun Barrels and Forged Gun Components2) Rolled Steel BarsRods of Ultra Clean Steel3) Brass Rods4) Steel Cartridge Cases of Medium Calibre

Civil Trade

The Ordnance Factories have undertaken Civil Trade since July 1986 for optimal utilization of capacities It has been impressed upon the factories to undertake Civil Trade wherever capacities are available since this would also lessen dependence on budgetary support The Factory diversified into civil trade with a view to utilizing its spare capacity

Page| 523 PRODUCTION FACILITIES

The development of new weapon systems calls for stringent metallurgical property requirements for the special Alloy Steels and Non-ferrous Alloys that go into making of weapon systems Special characteristics of the Defence Materials are the multiplicity of specifications adherence to high quality standards and special metallurgical properties Quantity of supply ranges from fifty Kilograms to hundreds of MT In fulfilling these requirements MSF has played a unique role in quick development and productionisation of new armaments in the country In addition MSF has taken adequate care and advance action in order to not only be competent but also to be at the forefront in quality standards and latest in technological advantages by developing core competencies in the following areas

Manufacture of highly specialised steels through the latest technology ie ESR amp LF-VD for tank gun barrel like T-72 130mm 155mm and all types of steel blanks required for sister factories for various types of cartridge cases for 30mm Sarath 23mm Schilka 73mm 762mm and 125mm ammunition This factory has established the capability for the manufacture of the specialised forgings for Arjun Tank

Various types of steel cartridge cases and blanks

In addtion to above MSF has got the following Production facilities

Steel Making

Melting 15 Ton amp 2 Ton Basic Electric Arc Furnace with cored-wire Ca-Si Injection Argon purging and Slide Gate Teeming Bottom Pouring facilities

Secondary Steel Refining 20 Ton capacity Ladle Furnace - Vacuum Degassing (LF-VD) and 10 Ton capacity Electro Slag Re-melting (ESR) units in conjunction with 15 Ton EAF

Press Forging 2650 Ton ZDAS Forging Press with rail bound manipulator for heavy forgings

Hammer Forging 5 Ton MASSEY pneumatic Hammer and battery of other Pneumatic Hammers (1Ton 10 CWT) for medium and smaller section forgings and tools

Rolling 28 inches 2-high reversing LAMBERTON make Bar Mill with Manipulator and Roller

Tables 3 High 550 mm X 1500mm MORGARDSHAMMER Billet Rolling Mill Double Duo Rod

Rolling Mill of 10 inches diameter stands Bright bar processing facilities

Upset Forging 1200 ton Horizontal Forging Machine

Page| 6

Hollow Forging Battery of 280 Ton and 150 Ton vertical Forging presses for hollow forgings upto 125 mm dia and 550 mm length with one or both ends open

Drop Stamping 10 Ton double acting forging machine battery of Drop Stamp Hammers (1Ton 15 CWT 7 CWT)

Heat Treatment Bogie-hearth Electric Annealing and normalizing Furnaces Pit type Electric Furnace with quenching facilities for hardening and tempering

Brass Melting Battery of Electric Induction Brass Melting furnaces comprising of 2 Nos 540 kgs

GEC make Brass melting furnaces Four Nos 300Kgs and three nos 500Kgs AJAX Watt medium frequency melting furnaces

Cold Rolling Cold Rolling Mills for rolling of brass slabs

Extrusion 1250 Ton Hydraulic Direct Extrusion Press for brass rodstubes and Draw Benches

Cupping and Deep Drawing Cupping and Deep drawing of Brass and Steel Chemical Passivation and finishing

24 MISSION amp VISION

Mission Statement

Production of State of the Art Battle Field Equipments

Vision Statement

1 To equip our Armed Forces with modern Defence and Battle Field Equipments2 To continuously modernize our production facilities3 To train and motivate personnel 4 To equip ourselves with technologies through acquisition synergy and in-house RampD 5 To continuously improve quality6 To achieve highest level of customer satisfaction 7 To increase customer base in defence non-defence and export markets and establish global presence

________________________________________________________________ _ iemsip Page| 7

Objectives

1 The prime objective is to make quality steel forging and feed sister ordnance factories in the form of PYT gun barrels cartridge cases shell bars and miscellaneous bar products 2 To manufacture non-ferrous rods blanks strips as well as Die casting3 To maintain and strengthen the factory core competence of producing and supplying high technology product4 Growth based on the optimal utilization of available infrastructure with further judicious investment 5 To increase the productivity by continual quality improvement measures RampD efforts and increased efficiency of all plants and processes 6 To effect the delivery of products as per time schedule 7 To perpetually strive for cost reduction 8 To scale up civil trade activities to exploit sizeable opportunities in civil sector and to expand customer base globally9 To diversify product range and develop new products through Research and Development10To improve the working environment by improving shop layouts and construction of new shops amp civil works which will increase productivity through better handling of materials intermediaries

25 Production amp Quality Control Facilities Resources

Quality PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory are committed to meet the customers enhanced requirements through continual improvement of our products Our testing laboratories are accredited by NABL etc

Safety PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore are committed to ensure safe practices Safe working condition and Healthy Environment for every employees as also anyone working within the premises

2HI-4HI COLD ROLLING MILL ELECTRO SLAG REMELTING GUN HEAT TREATMENT HEAVY DUTY LATHES NEW GUNFORGE RADIAL FORGING SHOP STRAIGHTENING PRESS LADLE FORGE AUTO GUAGE EDM WIRE CUT MACHINE MVC-006F MVC-025F

Page| 8

DESPRIPTION amp OBJECTIVES | CHAPTER 3

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPEMENT (HRD) DEPARTMENT

31 DESCRIPTION

Human Resource Development (HRD) is the framework for helping employees develop their personal and organizational skills knowledge and abilities Human Resource Development includes such opportunities as employee training employee career development performance management and development coaching mentoring succession planning key employee identification tuition assistance and organization development

The focus of all aspects of Human Resource Development is on developing the most superior workforce so that the organization and individual employees can accomplish their work goals in service to customers

Human Resource Development can be formal such as in classroom training a college course or an organizational planned change effort Or Human Resource Development can be informal as in employee coaching by a manager Healthy organizations believe in Human ResourceDevelopment and cover all of these bases

311 OBJECTIVES OF HRD DEPARTMENT

1 EquityRecognizing every employee at par irrespective of caste creed religion and language can create a very good environment in an organization HRD must ensure that the organization creates a culture and provides equal opportunities to all employees in matters of career planning promotion quality of work life training and development

2 EmployabilityEmployability means the ability skills and competencies of an individual to seek gainful employment anywhere So HRD should aim at improving the skills of employees in order to motivate them to work with effectiveness

3 AdaptabilityContinuous training that develops the professional skills of employees plays an important role in HRD This can help the employees to adapt themselves to organizational change that takes place on a continuous basis

Page| 10

312 INDUSTRIAL RELATION

Definition of Industrial Relations

Industrial relation is defined as relation of Individual or group of employee and employer for engaging themselves in a way to maximize the productive activitiesIn the words of Lester ldquoIndustrial relations involve attempts at arriving at solutions between the conflicting objectives and values between the profit motive and social gain between discipline and freedom between authority and industrial democracy between bargaining and co-operation and between conflicting interests of the individual the group and the community

Need for Industrial Relation

Need of Industrial Relation has arisen to defend the interest of workers for adjusting the reasonable salary or wages It also helps the workers to seek perfect working condition for producing maximum output Workersemployees are concerned with social security measures through this Industrial Relations is also needed for achieving the democracy by allowing worker to take part in management which helps to protect human rights of individual Salaries in India are much more attractive in Indian subcontinent As India is having flourishing economy the job opportunities are emerging and there is huge scope of expansion The salary pattern of India is also growing Even the seventh pay commission is also spreading the way to coming soon The Salaries of private sector is also in the upswing mode with the increase of 11 annually Although Inflation is one of the major factor which nullify the increase in the salary But still the inflation is lower than the increase in the salary So this can be seen as increase in the salary

ABOUT INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES (IES) OF METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

A person working in a factory or Industry is known as industrial Employee In Metal amp Steel Factory there are more than 2000 industrial employees who work in different Sections There are total 47 trades and each trade has again 5 grades The lowest grade is the Semi-skilled or Unskilled labour and the Highest grade of IES is Master Craftsman The labour Bureau a department of Metal amp Steel factory looks after the Industrial Employees Human Resource Development another department of metal amp Steel factory arranges training for the Industrial employees Industrial Employees are highly skilled and are literate They are directly recruited to semi skill grade and promoted accordingly trade test The industrial employees have to pass a trade test which contains both theoretical and practical knowledge to get promoted to next grade All the detail of recruitment of industrial employees are mentioned in SRO (Statutory Regulatory Order) Of the organisation According to 6 th Central Pay Commission Group D has been abolished so Industrial Employees now comes under only Group C

Page| 11

FIG3 A- GRADE CHART OF INDUSRTIAL EMLOYEES

Grade Pay Band Grade Pay Qualification Experience Trade Test

MCM 9300 ndash 34800- 4200- By promotion (same as HS I)

HS II- 7years

HS I- 3 years

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

Total10years

HS I 5200 ndash 20200- 2800- By promotion (Same as HS II)

HS II-3 years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

HS II 5200 ndash 20200- 2400- By promotion (Same as SK)

SK- 3years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SK 5200 ndash 20200- 1900- BY Promotion (Same as SSK)

SSK Annexure A(2years)

SSK Annexure B(3years)

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SSK 5200 ndash 20200- 1800- Essential passed ndash Vth Class

Desirable ndash Matriculate

No experience

By Direct Recruitment After Adjustment of Surplus

Page| 15

32 ABOUT THE TOPIC

A Training Need Assessment provides information on the training and skills development requirements of all members of your network It is one of the key steps in preparing a training plan and will provide you with information on which to base your networks training plan It enables you to

Identify the gap between current and required levels of knowledge skills and attitude Identify what the general content of training should be Form the foundation of a training plan Provide a baseline for the evaluation of a training plan Ensure that appropriate and relevant training is delivered Maximise use of scarce resources

Overall Purpose of Training Needs Assessment and AnalysisA training analysis is conducted ultimately to identify what areas of knowledge or behaviors that training needs to accomplish with learners The analysis considers what results the organization needs from the learner what knowledge and skills the learner presently has and usually concludes with identifying what knowledge and skills the learner must gain (the performance gap)

Usually this phase also includes identifying when training should occur and who should attend as learners Ideally criteria are established for the final evaluation of training to conclude if training goals were met or not

Depending on the resources and needs of the organization a training analysis can range from a very detailed inventory of skills to a general review of performance results The more complete the training analysis the more likely that the employees training will ultimately contribute results to the organization

BENIFITS OF TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT

Identifies performance goals and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by a companys workforce to achieve those goals

Identifies gaps in training provision in sectors and or regions Helps direct resources to areas of greatest priority Addresses resources needed to fulfil the organisational mission improve

productivity and provide quality products and services

Page| 16

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

11 PROJECT DETAIL The primary focus of this training need assessmentanalysis is to determine the gap in capabilities of skills and knowledge of Industrial employees of Metal and steel factory A training need exists when there is a gap between what is required of a person to perform competently and what he actual knows A ldquotraining needs assessmentrdquo or ldquotraining needs analysisrdquo is the method of determining if a training need exists and if it does what training is required to fill the gap The expectation of knowledge skills and abilities of officials at different levels is different so there training needs are also different Training needs assessment has therefore to be for different target groups for exactly knowing what training is required for each group The purpose of conducting a needs assessment is to validate the hypothetical judgment with actual training needs to ensure that solution addresses the most needed subjects and effectively focuses the appropriate resources time and effort toward targeted solutions Training need assessment is to identify the gap between the model situation and the actual situation and the way in which it can be bridged As the gaps are identified they are evaluated to determine the manner in which the gaps can be bridged Some situations will indicate training needs Some may need nonndashtraining solutions

12 OBJECTIVE OF THE PROJECT

Training Need Assessment Methodology Keeping in view the status of skills of Industrial employees in the metal amp steel Factory and the constraints expressed by the authorities following steps were taken for conducting training needs assessment

1 The reasons for doing training needs assessment is

bull To determine whether any training is needed

bull To determine the areas in which training is needed bull To determine the gap to be

bridged

bull To determine desired training outcomes

bull To provide a basis of monitoring and evaluation Training Need Assessment Report

2 Training Need Assessment Survey among Industrial Employees

3 MSF Administration Opinion on Industrial Employees Training Needs

4 Analyzing Target Group Specific Training Needs

5 Assessment of Institutional Capabilities to provide Training

6 Validation of Training Needs

Page|1

13 SCOPE OF THE PROJECT

The scope of the study covers in depth the various Training needs of Industrial Employees and practices modules formats being followed and is limited to the company Metal amp Steel Factory and its Industrial employees The different training programmes incorporatedfacilitated in MSF through HRD outside agencies or professional groups It also judges the enhancement of the knowledge amp skills of employees and feedback on its effectiveness

14 METHODOLOGY OF THE PROJECT

RESEARCH PLAN The study involved both Exploratory and Descriptive Research

DATA SOURCE - Primary and Secondary Data

RESEARCH INSTRUMENT - Well-Structured Questionnaire

Page| 2

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE LIST PAGE NO

Table

Training Need Assessment

FIG 3AFIG 3B

1516

Questionnaires table

QNo 1-2QNo 3-4QNo 5-6QNo 7-8QNo 9-10QNo 11-12QNo 13-14QNo 15-16QNo 17-18QNo 19-20

22232425262728293031

LIST OF FIGURES PAGE NO

Organizational Hierarchy 9

FIG 5B

Bar Diagram representation of number of responses given by the Industrial Employees of the Metal amp Steel Factory

21

Page| 3 INDUSTRY OVERVIEW | CHAPTER 2

21 INTRODUCTION ldquo मटल का बढ़ता कदम हौसला इसपात का बाजओ म ह दम rdquo Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is the main producer of basic Ferrous and Non-Ferrous raw material for military hardware Present day military hardware requires use of metals of high strength coupled with superior toughnessCombination of both these properties requires use of alloy steel of Super-ultra clean quality MSF has facilities for state-of-the-art steel making in the form of Electric Arc Furnace Ladle Furnace Vacuum Degassing amp Electro Steel Re-melting ensuring production of Ultra clean steel A high capacity PLC-Controlled 2650T Forging Press with fully integrate and double manipulators gives shape to the products like Gun Barrels amp other components of Artillery and Tank Guns A state of art CNC-Controlled Redial Forging Press of 1250T for each hammers can forge various sections and profiles with high degree of isometric mechanical properties near-net finish and repeatability The Factory also possesses a hot rolling mill a high precision 2 hi 4 hi combination cold rolling mill (setup in 2006) for making thin strips of ferrous and non-ferrous material with online x-ray and mechanical gauging system Precision controlled heat treatment facilities impart high Mechanical Properties in the metal making it capable of performance under conditions of high stress Such integrated facilities for making shaping amp treating of Super-Ultra clean alloy steel-grades makes it possible to cater to any metallurgical need Production of steel cartridge cases starting from making of deep drawing quality steel (HSLA Grade) for forming the finished products is the major strength of the factory MSF is the leader in this field Electric induction Brass Melting Furnaces produces high quality 6040 withwithout Pb Brass BilletsPigs Mn-brass etc Quality intelligence personnel with sophisticated machinery consisting of Ultrasonography Laboratory Chemical Testing Computer aided Spectrographic XRF Spectrometry Hydrogen Gas Analyser and 3D coordinator for precision dimensional measurement etc

LOCATION

Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is situated in West Bengal on the Eastern Bank of River Hoogly (Ganges) at a distance of 28 KM from Kolkata and is connected by Rail and Motor-Road Nearest Airport Terminal is Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose Airport Dum Dum

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

The factory has its origin as part of Gun amp Shell Factory at Cossipore - then known as Foundry and Shell Factory- in the year 1872 when metallurgical operations by way of melting and rolling of Cartridge Brasses were first taken up Subsequently in the year 1892 manufacture of steel was taken up when open-hearth steel making furnace was commissioned With this the first authentic production of steel was introduced in India The Steel Rolling Mills were installed later on in 1896 Further expansion of metallurgical activities necessitated shifting of metallurgical plants to Ishapore

Page| 4

Relocated to its new site at Ishapore in the Year 1905 the Factory continued to function as a part of the Gun amp Shell Factory Cossipore In 1920 it became an independent unit in the

family of Ordnance Factories and had come to be known as Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore (MSF)

MSF has been the cradle of military-metallurgy in India The facilities amp expertise available in carrying out development of products and investigation of failures by the attached inspectorate led to the formation of Technical Development Establishment (Metals) in the year 1951 which was upgraded in the year 1956 to the Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory (DMRL) within its premises DMRL was later on shifted to Hyderabad in the year 1963 after bifurcation into DMRL and CI (Metals)

22 PRODUCT PROFILE

MSF is strategically placed considering its product profile The main products are listed below

1 Large Medium amp Small forgings2 (i) ESR Slugs (ii) Torsion Bars (iii) All kind of steel and forgings for defence application

3 Ammunition Items (i) Medium Caliber steel Cartridge Cases etc (ii) Steel amp Brass Blanks for Cartridge Cases for different caliber (iii) Steel amp Brass Rods for ammunition hardwares

Products Core Competency Area

1) Gun Barrels and Forged Gun Components2) Rolled Steel BarsRods of Ultra Clean Steel3) Brass Rods4) Steel Cartridge Cases of Medium Calibre

Civil Trade

The Ordnance Factories have undertaken Civil Trade since July 1986 for optimal utilization of capacities It has been impressed upon the factories to undertake Civil Trade wherever capacities are available since this would also lessen dependence on budgetary support The Factory diversified into civil trade with a view to utilizing its spare capacity

Page| 523 PRODUCTION FACILITIES

The development of new weapon systems calls for stringent metallurgical property requirements for the special Alloy Steels and Non-ferrous Alloys that go into making of weapon systems Special characteristics of the Defence Materials are the multiplicity of specifications adherence to high quality standards and special metallurgical properties Quantity of supply ranges from fifty Kilograms to hundreds of MT In fulfilling these requirements MSF has played a unique role in quick development and productionisation of new armaments in the country In addition MSF has taken adequate care and advance action in order to not only be competent but also to be at the forefront in quality standards and latest in technological advantages by developing core competencies in the following areas

Manufacture of highly specialised steels through the latest technology ie ESR amp LF-VD for tank gun barrel like T-72 130mm 155mm and all types of steel blanks required for sister factories for various types of cartridge cases for 30mm Sarath 23mm Schilka 73mm 762mm and 125mm ammunition This factory has established the capability for the manufacture of the specialised forgings for Arjun Tank

Various types of steel cartridge cases and blanks

In addtion to above MSF has got the following Production facilities

Steel Making

Melting 15 Ton amp 2 Ton Basic Electric Arc Furnace with cored-wire Ca-Si Injection Argon purging and Slide Gate Teeming Bottom Pouring facilities

Secondary Steel Refining 20 Ton capacity Ladle Furnace - Vacuum Degassing (LF-VD) and 10 Ton capacity Electro Slag Re-melting (ESR) units in conjunction with 15 Ton EAF

Press Forging 2650 Ton ZDAS Forging Press with rail bound manipulator for heavy forgings

Hammer Forging 5 Ton MASSEY pneumatic Hammer and battery of other Pneumatic Hammers (1Ton 10 CWT) for medium and smaller section forgings and tools

Rolling 28 inches 2-high reversing LAMBERTON make Bar Mill with Manipulator and Roller

Tables 3 High 550 mm X 1500mm MORGARDSHAMMER Billet Rolling Mill Double Duo Rod

Rolling Mill of 10 inches diameter stands Bright bar processing facilities

Upset Forging 1200 ton Horizontal Forging Machine

Page| 6

Hollow Forging Battery of 280 Ton and 150 Ton vertical Forging presses for hollow forgings upto 125 mm dia and 550 mm length with one or both ends open

Drop Stamping 10 Ton double acting forging machine battery of Drop Stamp Hammers (1Ton 15 CWT 7 CWT)

Heat Treatment Bogie-hearth Electric Annealing and normalizing Furnaces Pit type Electric Furnace with quenching facilities for hardening and tempering

Brass Melting Battery of Electric Induction Brass Melting furnaces comprising of 2 Nos 540 kgs

GEC make Brass melting furnaces Four Nos 300Kgs and three nos 500Kgs AJAX Watt medium frequency melting furnaces

Cold Rolling Cold Rolling Mills for rolling of brass slabs

Extrusion 1250 Ton Hydraulic Direct Extrusion Press for brass rodstubes and Draw Benches

Cupping and Deep Drawing Cupping and Deep drawing of Brass and Steel Chemical Passivation and finishing

24 MISSION amp VISION

Mission Statement

Production of State of the Art Battle Field Equipments

Vision Statement

1 To equip our Armed Forces with modern Defence and Battle Field Equipments2 To continuously modernize our production facilities3 To train and motivate personnel 4 To equip ourselves with technologies through acquisition synergy and in-house RampD 5 To continuously improve quality6 To achieve highest level of customer satisfaction 7 To increase customer base in defence non-defence and export markets and establish global presence

________________________________________________________________ _ iemsip Page| 7

Objectives

1 The prime objective is to make quality steel forging and feed sister ordnance factories in the form of PYT gun barrels cartridge cases shell bars and miscellaneous bar products 2 To manufacture non-ferrous rods blanks strips as well as Die casting3 To maintain and strengthen the factory core competence of producing and supplying high technology product4 Growth based on the optimal utilization of available infrastructure with further judicious investment 5 To increase the productivity by continual quality improvement measures RampD efforts and increased efficiency of all plants and processes 6 To effect the delivery of products as per time schedule 7 To perpetually strive for cost reduction 8 To scale up civil trade activities to exploit sizeable opportunities in civil sector and to expand customer base globally9 To diversify product range and develop new products through Research and Development10To improve the working environment by improving shop layouts and construction of new shops amp civil works which will increase productivity through better handling of materials intermediaries

25 Production amp Quality Control Facilities Resources

Quality PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory are committed to meet the customers enhanced requirements through continual improvement of our products Our testing laboratories are accredited by NABL etc

Safety PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore are committed to ensure safe practices Safe working condition and Healthy Environment for every employees as also anyone working within the premises

2HI-4HI COLD ROLLING MILL ELECTRO SLAG REMELTING GUN HEAT TREATMENT HEAVY DUTY LATHES NEW GUNFORGE RADIAL FORGING SHOP STRAIGHTENING PRESS LADLE FORGE AUTO GUAGE EDM WIRE CUT MACHINE MVC-006F MVC-025F

Page| 8

DESPRIPTION amp OBJECTIVES | CHAPTER 3

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPEMENT (HRD) DEPARTMENT

31 DESCRIPTION

Human Resource Development (HRD) is the framework for helping employees develop their personal and organizational skills knowledge and abilities Human Resource Development includes such opportunities as employee training employee career development performance management and development coaching mentoring succession planning key employee identification tuition assistance and organization development

The focus of all aspects of Human Resource Development is on developing the most superior workforce so that the organization and individual employees can accomplish their work goals in service to customers

Human Resource Development can be formal such as in classroom training a college course or an organizational planned change effort Or Human Resource Development can be informal as in employee coaching by a manager Healthy organizations believe in Human ResourceDevelopment and cover all of these bases

311 OBJECTIVES OF HRD DEPARTMENT

1 EquityRecognizing every employee at par irrespective of caste creed religion and language can create a very good environment in an organization HRD must ensure that the organization creates a culture and provides equal opportunities to all employees in matters of career planning promotion quality of work life training and development

2 EmployabilityEmployability means the ability skills and competencies of an individual to seek gainful employment anywhere So HRD should aim at improving the skills of employees in order to motivate them to work with effectiveness

3 AdaptabilityContinuous training that develops the professional skills of employees plays an important role in HRD This can help the employees to adapt themselves to organizational change that takes place on a continuous basis

Page| 10

312 INDUSTRIAL RELATION

Definition of Industrial Relations

Industrial relation is defined as relation of Individual or group of employee and employer for engaging themselves in a way to maximize the productive activitiesIn the words of Lester ldquoIndustrial relations involve attempts at arriving at solutions between the conflicting objectives and values between the profit motive and social gain between discipline and freedom between authority and industrial democracy between bargaining and co-operation and between conflicting interests of the individual the group and the community

Need for Industrial Relation

Need of Industrial Relation has arisen to defend the interest of workers for adjusting the reasonable salary or wages It also helps the workers to seek perfect working condition for producing maximum output Workersemployees are concerned with social security measures through this Industrial Relations is also needed for achieving the democracy by allowing worker to take part in management which helps to protect human rights of individual Salaries in India are much more attractive in Indian subcontinent As India is having flourishing economy the job opportunities are emerging and there is huge scope of expansion The salary pattern of India is also growing Even the seventh pay commission is also spreading the way to coming soon The Salaries of private sector is also in the upswing mode with the increase of 11 annually Although Inflation is one of the major factor which nullify the increase in the salary But still the inflation is lower than the increase in the salary So this can be seen as increase in the salary

ABOUT INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES (IES) OF METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

A person working in a factory or Industry is known as industrial Employee In Metal amp Steel Factory there are more than 2000 industrial employees who work in different Sections There are total 47 trades and each trade has again 5 grades The lowest grade is the Semi-skilled or Unskilled labour and the Highest grade of IES is Master Craftsman The labour Bureau a department of Metal amp Steel factory looks after the Industrial Employees Human Resource Development another department of metal amp Steel factory arranges training for the Industrial employees Industrial Employees are highly skilled and are literate They are directly recruited to semi skill grade and promoted accordingly trade test The industrial employees have to pass a trade test which contains both theoretical and practical knowledge to get promoted to next grade All the detail of recruitment of industrial employees are mentioned in SRO (Statutory Regulatory Order) Of the organisation According to 6 th Central Pay Commission Group D has been abolished so Industrial Employees now comes under only Group C

Page| 11

FIG3 A- GRADE CHART OF INDUSRTIAL EMLOYEES

Grade Pay Band Grade Pay Qualification Experience Trade Test

MCM 9300 ndash 34800- 4200- By promotion (same as HS I)

HS II- 7years

HS I- 3 years

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

Total10years

HS I 5200 ndash 20200- 2800- By promotion (Same as HS II)

HS II-3 years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

HS II 5200 ndash 20200- 2400- By promotion (Same as SK)

SK- 3years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SK 5200 ndash 20200- 1900- BY Promotion (Same as SSK)

SSK Annexure A(2years)

SSK Annexure B(3years)

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SSK 5200 ndash 20200- 1800- Essential passed ndash Vth Class

Desirable ndash Matriculate

No experience

By Direct Recruitment After Adjustment of Surplus

Page| 15

32 ABOUT THE TOPIC

A Training Need Assessment provides information on the training and skills development requirements of all members of your network It is one of the key steps in preparing a training plan and will provide you with information on which to base your networks training plan It enables you to

Identify the gap between current and required levels of knowledge skills and attitude Identify what the general content of training should be Form the foundation of a training plan Provide a baseline for the evaluation of a training plan Ensure that appropriate and relevant training is delivered Maximise use of scarce resources

Overall Purpose of Training Needs Assessment and AnalysisA training analysis is conducted ultimately to identify what areas of knowledge or behaviors that training needs to accomplish with learners The analysis considers what results the organization needs from the learner what knowledge and skills the learner presently has and usually concludes with identifying what knowledge and skills the learner must gain (the performance gap)

Usually this phase also includes identifying when training should occur and who should attend as learners Ideally criteria are established for the final evaluation of training to conclude if training goals were met or not

Depending on the resources and needs of the organization a training analysis can range from a very detailed inventory of skills to a general review of performance results The more complete the training analysis the more likely that the employees training will ultimately contribute results to the organization

BENIFITS OF TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT

Identifies performance goals and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by a companys workforce to achieve those goals

Identifies gaps in training provision in sectors and or regions Helps direct resources to areas of greatest priority Addresses resources needed to fulfil the organisational mission improve

productivity and provide quality products and services

Page| 16

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

The scope of the study covers in depth the various Training needs of Industrial Employees and practices modules formats being followed and is limited to the company Metal amp Steel Factory and its Industrial employees The different training programmes incorporatedfacilitated in MSF through HRD outside agencies or professional groups It also judges the enhancement of the knowledge amp skills of employees and feedback on its effectiveness

14 METHODOLOGY OF THE PROJECT

RESEARCH PLAN The study involved both Exploratory and Descriptive Research

DATA SOURCE - Primary and Secondary Data

RESEARCH INSTRUMENT - Well-Structured Questionnaire

Page| 2

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE LIST PAGE NO

Table

Training Need Assessment

FIG 3AFIG 3B

1516

Questionnaires table

QNo 1-2QNo 3-4QNo 5-6QNo 7-8QNo 9-10QNo 11-12QNo 13-14QNo 15-16QNo 17-18QNo 19-20

22232425262728293031

LIST OF FIGURES PAGE NO

Organizational Hierarchy 9

FIG 5B

Bar Diagram representation of number of responses given by the Industrial Employees of the Metal amp Steel Factory

21

Page| 3 INDUSTRY OVERVIEW | CHAPTER 2

21 INTRODUCTION ldquo मटल का बढ़ता कदम हौसला इसपात का बाजओ म ह दम rdquo Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is the main producer of basic Ferrous and Non-Ferrous raw material for military hardware Present day military hardware requires use of metals of high strength coupled with superior toughnessCombination of both these properties requires use of alloy steel of Super-ultra clean quality MSF has facilities for state-of-the-art steel making in the form of Electric Arc Furnace Ladle Furnace Vacuum Degassing amp Electro Steel Re-melting ensuring production of Ultra clean steel A high capacity PLC-Controlled 2650T Forging Press with fully integrate and double manipulators gives shape to the products like Gun Barrels amp other components of Artillery and Tank Guns A state of art CNC-Controlled Redial Forging Press of 1250T for each hammers can forge various sections and profiles with high degree of isometric mechanical properties near-net finish and repeatability The Factory also possesses a hot rolling mill a high precision 2 hi 4 hi combination cold rolling mill (setup in 2006) for making thin strips of ferrous and non-ferrous material with online x-ray and mechanical gauging system Precision controlled heat treatment facilities impart high Mechanical Properties in the metal making it capable of performance under conditions of high stress Such integrated facilities for making shaping amp treating of Super-Ultra clean alloy steel-grades makes it possible to cater to any metallurgical need Production of steel cartridge cases starting from making of deep drawing quality steel (HSLA Grade) for forming the finished products is the major strength of the factory MSF is the leader in this field Electric induction Brass Melting Furnaces produces high quality 6040 withwithout Pb Brass BilletsPigs Mn-brass etc Quality intelligence personnel with sophisticated machinery consisting of Ultrasonography Laboratory Chemical Testing Computer aided Spectrographic XRF Spectrometry Hydrogen Gas Analyser and 3D coordinator for precision dimensional measurement etc

LOCATION

Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is situated in West Bengal on the Eastern Bank of River Hoogly (Ganges) at a distance of 28 KM from Kolkata and is connected by Rail and Motor-Road Nearest Airport Terminal is Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose Airport Dum Dum

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

The factory has its origin as part of Gun amp Shell Factory at Cossipore - then known as Foundry and Shell Factory- in the year 1872 when metallurgical operations by way of melting and rolling of Cartridge Brasses were first taken up Subsequently in the year 1892 manufacture of steel was taken up when open-hearth steel making furnace was commissioned With this the first authentic production of steel was introduced in India The Steel Rolling Mills were installed later on in 1896 Further expansion of metallurgical activities necessitated shifting of metallurgical plants to Ishapore

Page| 4

Relocated to its new site at Ishapore in the Year 1905 the Factory continued to function as a part of the Gun amp Shell Factory Cossipore In 1920 it became an independent unit in the

family of Ordnance Factories and had come to be known as Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore (MSF)

MSF has been the cradle of military-metallurgy in India The facilities amp expertise available in carrying out development of products and investigation of failures by the attached inspectorate led to the formation of Technical Development Establishment (Metals) in the year 1951 which was upgraded in the year 1956 to the Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory (DMRL) within its premises DMRL was later on shifted to Hyderabad in the year 1963 after bifurcation into DMRL and CI (Metals)

22 PRODUCT PROFILE

MSF is strategically placed considering its product profile The main products are listed below

1 Large Medium amp Small forgings2 (i) ESR Slugs (ii) Torsion Bars (iii) All kind of steel and forgings for defence application

3 Ammunition Items (i) Medium Caliber steel Cartridge Cases etc (ii) Steel amp Brass Blanks for Cartridge Cases for different caliber (iii) Steel amp Brass Rods for ammunition hardwares

Products Core Competency Area

1) Gun Barrels and Forged Gun Components2) Rolled Steel BarsRods of Ultra Clean Steel3) Brass Rods4) Steel Cartridge Cases of Medium Calibre

Civil Trade

The Ordnance Factories have undertaken Civil Trade since July 1986 for optimal utilization of capacities It has been impressed upon the factories to undertake Civil Trade wherever capacities are available since this would also lessen dependence on budgetary support The Factory diversified into civil trade with a view to utilizing its spare capacity

Page| 523 PRODUCTION FACILITIES

The development of new weapon systems calls for stringent metallurgical property requirements for the special Alloy Steels and Non-ferrous Alloys that go into making of weapon systems Special characteristics of the Defence Materials are the multiplicity of specifications adherence to high quality standards and special metallurgical properties Quantity of supply ranges from fifty Kilograms to hundreds of MT In fulfilling these requirements MSF has played a unique role in quick development and productionisation of new armaments in the country In addition MSF has taken adequate care and advance action in order to not only be competent but also to be at the forefront in quality standards and latest in technological advantages by developing core competencies in the following areas

Manufacture of highly specialised steels through the latest technology ie ESR amp LF-VD for tank gun barrel like T-72 130mm 155mm and all types of steel blanks required for sister factories for various types of cartridge cases for 30mm Sarath 23mm Schilka 73mm 762mm and 125mm ammunition This factory has established the capability for the manufacture of the specialised forgings for Arjun Tank

Various types of steel cartridge cases and blanks

In addtion to above MSF has got the following Production facilities

Steel Making

Melting 15 Ton amp 2 Ton Basic Electric Arc Furnace with cored-wire Ca-Si Injection Argon purging and Slide Gate Teeming Bottom Pouring facilities

Secondary Steel Refining 20 Ton capacity Ladle Furnace - Vacuum Degassing (LF-VD) and 10 Ton capacity Electro Slag Re-melting (ESR) units in conjunction with 15 Ton EAF

Press Forging 2650 Ton ZDAS Forging Press with rail bound manipulator for heavy forgings

Hammer Forging 5 Ton MASSEY pneumatic Hammer and battery of other Pneumatic Hammers (1Ton 10 CWT) for medium and smaller section forgings and tools

Rolling 28 inches 2-high reversing LAMBERTON make Bar Mill with Manipulator and Roller

Tables 3 High 550 mm X 1500mm MORGARDSHAMMER Billet Rolling Mill Double Duo Rod

Rolling Mill of 10 inches diameter stands Bright bar processing facilities

Upset Forging 1200 ton Horizontal Forging Machine

Page| 6

Hollow Forging Battery of 280 Ton and 150 Ton vertical Forging presses for hollow forgings upto 125 mm dia and 550 mm length with one or both ends open

Drop Stamping 10 Ton double acting forging machine battery of Drop Stamp Hammers (1Ton 15 CWT 7 CWT)

Heat Treatment Bogie-hearth Electric Annealing and normalizing Furnaces Pit type Electric Furnace with quenching facilities for hardening and tempering

Brass Melting Battery of Electric Induction Brass Melting furnaces comprising of 2 Nos 540 kgs

GEC make Brass melting furnaces Four Nos 300Kgs and three nos 500Kgs AJAX Watt medium frequency melting furnaces

Cold Rolling Cold Rolling Mills for rolling of brass slabs

Extrusion 1250 Ton Hydraulic Direct Extrusion Press for brass rodstubes and Draw Benches

Cupping and Deep Drawing Cupping and Deep drawing of Brass and Steel Chemical Passivation and finishing

24 MISSION amp VISION

Mission Statement

Production of State of the Art Battle Field Equipments

Vision Statement

1 To equip our Armed Forces with modern Defence and Battle Field Equipments2 To continuously modernize our production facilities3 To train and motivate personnel 4 To equip ourselves with technologies through acquisition synergy and in-house RampD 5 To continuously improve quality6 To achieve highest level of customer satisfaction 7 To increase customer base in defence non-defence and export markets and establish global presence

________________________________________________________________ _ iemsip Page| 7

Objectives

1 The prime objective is to make quality steel forging and feed sister ordnance factories in the form of PYT gun barrels cartridge cases shell bars and miscellaneous bar products 2 To manufacture non-ferrous rods blanks strips as well as Die casting3 To maintain and strengthen the factory core competence of producing and supplying high technology product4 Growth based on the optimal utilization of available infrastructure with further judicious investment 5 To increase the productivity by continual quality improvement measures RampD efforts and increased efficiency of all plants and processes 6 To effect the delivery of products as per time schedule 7 To perpetually strive for cost reduction 8 To scale up civil trade activities to exploit sizeable opportunities in civil sector and to expand customer base globally9 To diversify product range and develop new products through Research and Development10To improve the working environment by improving shop layouts and construction of new shops amp civil works which will increase productivity through better handling of materials intermediaries

25 Production amp Quality Control Facilities Resources

Quality PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory are committed to meet the customers enhanced requirements through continual improvement of our products Our testing laboratories are accredited by NABL etc

Safety PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore are committed to ensure safe practices Safe working condition and Healthy Environment for every employees as also anyone working within the premises

2HI-4HI COLD ROLLING MILL ELECTRO SLAG REMELTING GUN HEAT TREATMENT HEAVY DUTY LATHES NEW GUNFORGE RADIAL FORGING SHOP STRAIGHTENING PRESS LADLE FORGE AUTO GUAGE EDM WIRE CUT MACHINE MVC-006F MVC-025F

Page| 8

DESPRIPTION amp OBJECTIVES | CHAPTER 3

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPEMENT (HRD) DEPARTMENT

31 DESCRIPTION

Human Resource Development (HRD) is the framework for helping employees develop their personal and organizational skills knowledge and abilities Human Resource Development includes such opportunities as employee training employee career development performance management and development coaching mentoring succession planning key employee identification tuition assistance and organization development

The focus of all aspects of Human Resource Development is on developing the most superior workforce so that the organization and individual employees can accomplish their work goals in service to customers

Human Resource Development can be formal such as in classroom training a college course or an organizational planned change effort Or Human Resource Development can be informal as in employee coaching by a manager Healthy organizations believe in Human ResourceDevelopment and cover all of these bases

311 OBJECTIVES OF HRD DEPARTMENT

1 EquityRecognizing every employee at par irrespective of caste creed religion and language can create a very good environment in an organization HRD must ensure that the organization creates a culture and provides equal opportunities to all employees in matters of career planning promotion quality of work life training and development

2 EmployabilityEmployability means the ability skills and competencies of an individual to seek gainful employment anywhere So HRD should aim at improving the skills of employees in order to motivate them to work with effectiveness

3 AdaptabilityContinuous training that develops the professional skills of employees plays an important role in HRD This can help the employees to adapt themselves to organizational change that takes place on a continuous basis

Page| 10

312 INDUSTRIAL RELATION

Definition of Industrial Relations

Industrial relation is defined as relation of Individual or group of employee and employer for engaging themselves in a way to maximize the productive activitiesIn the words of Lester ldquoIndustrial relations involve attempts at arriving at solutions between the conflicting objectives and values between the profit motive and social gain between discipline and freedom between authority and industrial democracy between bargaining and co-operation and between conflicting interests of the individual the group and the community

Need for Industrial Relation

Need of Industrial Relation has arisen to defend the interest of workers for adjusting the reasonable salary or wages It also helps the workers to seek perfect working condition for producing maximum output Workersemployees are concerned with social security measures through this Industrial Relations is also needed for achieving the democracy by allowing worker to take part in management which helps to protect human rights of individual Salaries in India are much more attractive in Indian subcontinent As India is having flourishing economy the job opportunities are emerging and there is huge scope of expansion The salary pattern of India is also growing Even the seventh pay commission is also spreading the way to coming soon The Salaries of private sector is also in the upswing mode with the increase of 11 annually Although Inflation is one of the major factor which nullify the increase in the salary But still the inflation is lower than the increase in the salary So this can be seen as increase in the salary

ABOUT INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES (IES) OF METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

A person working in a factory or Industry is known as industrial Employee In Metal amp Steel Factory there are more than 2000 industrial employees who work in different Sections There are total 47 trades and each trade has again 5 grades The lowest grade is the Semi-skilled or Unskilled labour and the Highest grade of IES is Master Craftsman The labour Bureau a department of Metal amp Steel factory looks after the Industrial Employees Human Resource Development another department of metal amp Steel factory arranges training for the Industrial employees Industrial Employees are highly skilled and are literate They are directly recruited to semi skill grade and promoted accordingly trade test The industrial employees have to pass a trade test which contains both theoretical and practical knowledge to get promoted to next grade All the detail of recruitment of industrial employees are mentioned in SRO (Statutory Regulatory Order) Of the organisation According to 6 th Central Pay Commission Group D has been abolished so Industrial Employees now comes under only Group C

Page| 11

FIG3 A- GRADE CHART OF INDUSRTIAL EMLOYEES

Grade Pay Band Grade Pay Qualification Experience Trade Test

MCM 9300 ndash 34800- 4200- By promotion (same as HS I)

HS II- 7years

HS I- 3 years

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

Total10years

HS I 5200 ndash 20200- 2800- By promotion (Same as HS II)

HS II-3 years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

HS II 5200 ndash 20200- 2400- By promotion (Same as SK)

SK- 3years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SK 5200 ndash 20200- 1900- BY Promotion (Same as SSK)

SSK Annexure A(2years)

SSK Annexure B(3years)

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SSK 5200 ndash 20200- 1800- Essential passed ndash Vth Class

Desirable ndash Matriculate

No experience

By Direct Recruitment After Adjustment of Surplus

Page| 15

32 ABOUT THE TOPIC

A Training Need Assessment provides information on the training and skills development requirements of all members of your network It is one of the key steps in preparing a training plan and will provide you with information on which to base your networks training plan It enables you to

Identify the gap between current and required levels of knowledge skills and attitude Identify what the general content of training should be Form the foundation of a training plan Provide a baseline for the evaluation of a training plan Ensure that appropriate and relevant training is delivered Maximise use of scarce resources

Overall Purpose of Training Needs Assessment and AnalysisA training analysis is conducted ultimately to identify what areas of knowledge or behaviors that training needs to accomplish with learners The analysis considers what results the organization needs from the learner what knowledge and skills the learner presently has and usually concludes with identifying what knowledge and skills the learner must gain (the performance gap)

Usually this phase also includes identifying when training should occur and who should attend as learners Ideally criteria are established for the final evaluation of training to conclude if training goals were met or not

Depending on the resources and needs of the organization a training analysis can range from a very detailed inventory of skills to a general review of performance results The more complete the training analysis the more likely that the employees training will ultimately contribute results to the organization

BENIFITS OF TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT

Identifies performance goals and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by a companys workforce to achieve those goals

Identifies gaps in training provision in sectors and or regions Helps direct resources to areas of greatest priority Addresses resources needed to fulfil the organisational mission improve

productivity and provide quality products and services

Page| 16

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

TABLE LIST PAGE NO

Table

Training Need Assessment

FIG 3AFIG 3B

1516

Questionnaires table

QNo 1-2QNo 3-4QNo 5-6QNo 7-8QNo 9-10QNo 11-12QNo 13-14QNo 15-16QNo 17-18QNo 19-20

22232425262728293031

LIST OF FIGURES PAGE NO

Organizational Hierarchy 9

FIG 5B

Bar Diagram representation of number of responses given by the Industrial Employees of the Metal amp Steel Factory

21

Page| 3 INDUSTRY OVERVIEW | CHAPTER 2

21 INTRODUCTION ldquo मटल का बढ़ता कदम हौसला इसपात का बाजओ म ह दम rdquo Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is the main producer of basic Ferrous and Non-Ferrous raw material for military hardware Present day military hardware requires use of metals of high strength coupled with superior toughnessCombination of both these properties requires use of alloy steel of Super-ultra clean quality MSF has facilities for state-of-the-art steel making in the form of Electric Arc Furnace Ladle Furnace Vacuum Degassing amp Electro Steel Re-melting ensuring production of Ultra clean steel A high capacity PLC-Controlled 2650T Forging Press with fully integrate and double manipulators gives shape to the products like Gun Barrels amp other components of Artillery and Tank Guns A state of art CNC-Controlled Redial Forging Press of 1250T for each hammers can forge various sections and profiles with high degree of isometric mechanical properties near-net finish and repeatability The Factory also possesses a hot rolling mill a high precision 2 hi 4 hi combination cold rolling mill (setup in 2006) for making thin strips of ferrous and non-ferrous material with online x-ray and mechanical gauging system Precision controlled heat treatment facilities impart high Mechanical Properties in the metal making it capable of performance under conditions of high stress Such integrated facilities for making shaping amp treating of Super-Ultra clean alloy steel-grades makes it possible to cater to any metallurgical need Production of steel cartridge cases starting from making of deep drawing quality steel (HSLA Grade) for forming the finished products is the major strength of the factory MSF is the leader in this field Electric induction Brass Melting Furnaces produces high quality 6040 withwithout Pb Brass BilletsPigs Mn-brass etc Quality intelligence personnel with sophisticated machinery consisting of Ultrasonography Laboratory Chemical Testing Computer aided Spectrographic XRF Spectrometry Hydrogen Gas Analyser and 3D coordinator for precision dimensional measurement etc

LOCATION

Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is situated in West Bengal on the Eastern Bank of River Hoogly (Ganges) at a distance of 28 KM from Kolkata and is connected by Rail and Motor-Road Nearest Airport Terminal is Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose Airport Dum Dum

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

The factory has its origin as part of Gun amp Shell Factory at Cossipore - then known as Foundry and Shell Factory- in the year 1872 when metallurgical operations by way of melting and rolling of Cartridge Brasses were first taken up Subsequently in the year 1892 manufacture of steel was taken up when open-hearth steel making furnace was commissioned With this the first authentic production of steel was introduced in India The Steel Rolling Mills were installed later on in 1896 Further expansion of metallurgical activities necessitated shifting of metallurgical plants to Ishapore

Page| 4

Relocated to its new site at Ishapore in the Year 1905 the Factory continued to function as a part of the Gun amp Shell Factory Cossipore In 1920 it became an independent unit in the

family of Ordnance Factories and had come to be known as Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore (MSF)

MSF has been the cradle of military-metallurgy in India The facilities amp expertise available in carrying out development of products and investigation of failures by the attached inspectorate led to the formation of Technical Development Establishment (Metals) in the year 1951 which was upgraded in the year 1956 to the Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory (DMRL) within its premises DMRL was later on shifted to Hyderabad in the year 1963 after bifurcation into DMRL and CI (Metals)

22 PRODUCT PROFILE

MSF is strategically placed considering its product profile The main products are listed below

1 Large Medium amp Small forgings2 (i) ESR Slugs (ii) Torsion Bars (iii) All kind of steel and forgings for defence application

3 Ammunition Items (i) Medium Caliber steel Cartridge Cases etc (ii) Steel amp Brass Blanks for Cartridge Cases for different caliber (iii) Steel amp Brass Rods for ammunition hardwares

Products Core Competency Area

1) Gun Barrels and Forged Gun Components2) Rolled Steel BarsRods of Ultra Clean Steel3) Brass Rods4) Steel Cartridge Cases of Medium Calibre

Civil Trade

The Ordnance Factories have undertaken Civil Trade since July 1986 for optimal utilization of capacities It has been impressed upon the factories to undertake Civil Trade wherever capacities are available since this would also lessen dependence on budgetary support The Factory diversified into civil trade with a view to utilizing its spare capacity

Page| 523 PRODUCTION FACILITIES

The development of new weapon systems calls for stringent metallurgical property requirements for the special Alloy Steels and Non-ferrous Alloys that go into making of weapon systems Special characteristics of the Defence Materials are the multiplicity of specifications adherence to high quality standards and special metallurgical properties Quantity of supply ranges from fifty Kilograms to hundreds of MT In fulfilling these requirements MSF has played a unique role in quick development and productionisation of new armaments in the country In addition MSF has taken adequate care and advance action in order to not only be competent but also to be at the forefront in quality standards and latest in technological advantages by developing core competencies in the following areas

Manufacture of highly specialised steels through the latest technology ie ESR amp LF-VD for tank gun barrel like T-72 130mm 155mm and all types of steel blanks required for sister factories for various types of cartridge cases for 30mm Sarath 23mm Schilka 73mm 762mm and 125mm ammunition This factory has established the capability for the manufacture of the specialised forgings for Arjun Tank

Various types of steel cartridge cases and blanks

In addtion to above MSF has got the following Production facilities

Steel Making

Melting 15 Ton amp 2 Ton Basic Electric Arc Furnace with cored-wire Ca-Si Injection Argon purging and Slide Gate Teeming Bottom Pouring facilities

Secondary Steel Refining 20 Ton capacity Ladle Furnace - Vacuum Degassing (LF-VD) and 10 Ton capacity Electro Slag Re-melting (ESR) units in conjunction with 15 Ton EAF

Press Forging 2650 Ton ZDAS Forging Press with rail bound manipulator for heavy forgings

Hammer Forging 5 Ton MASSEY pneumatic Hammer and battery of other Pneumatic Hammers (1Ton 10 CWT) for medium and smaller section forgings and tools

Rolling 28 inches 2-high reversing LAMBERTON make Bar Mill with Manipulator and Roller

Tables 3 High 550 mm X 1500mm MORGARDSHAMMER Billet Rolling Mill Double Duo Rod

Rolling Mill of 10 inches diameter stands Bright bar processing facilities

Upset Forging 1200 ton Horizontal Forging Machine

Page| 6

Hollow Forging Battery of 280 Ton and 150 Ton vertical Forging presses for hollow forgings upto 125 mm dia and 550 mm length with one or both ends open

Drop Stamping 10 Ton double acting forging machine battery of Drop Stamp Hammers (1Ton 15 CWT 7 CWT)

Heat Treatment Bogie-hearth Electric Annealing and normalizing Furnaces Pit type Electric Furnace with quenching facilities for hardening and tempering

Brass Melting Battery of Electric Induction Brass Melting furnaces comprising of 2 Nos 540 kgs

GEC make Brass melting furnaces Four Nos 300Kgs and three nos 500Kgs AJAX Watt medium frequency melting furnaces

Cold Rolling Cold Rolling Mills for rolling of brass slabs

Extrusion 1250 Ton Hydraulic Direct Extrusion Press for brass rodstubes and Draw Benches

Cupping and Deep Drawing Cupping and Deep drawing of Brass and Steel Chemical Passivation and finishing

24 MISSION amp VISION

Mission Statement

Production of State of the Art Battle Field Equipments

Vision Statement

1 To equip our Armed Forces with modern Defence and Battle Field Equipments2 To continuously modernize our production facilities3 To train and motivate personnel 4 To equip ourselves with technologies through acquisition synergy and in-house RampD 5 To continuously improve quality6 To achieve highest level of customer satisfaction 7 To increase customer base in defence non-defence and export markets and establish global presence

________________________________________________________________ _ iemsip Page| 7

Objectives

1 The prime objective is to make quality steel forging and feed sister ordnance factories in the form of PYT gun barrels cartridge cases shell bars and miscellaneous bar products 2 To manufacture non-ferrous rods blanks strips as well as Die casting3 To maintain and strengthen the factory core competence of producing and supplying high technology product4 Growth based on the optimal utilization of available infrastructure with further judicious investment 5 To increase the productivity by continual quality improvement measures RampD efforts and increased efficiency of all plants and processes 6 To effect the delivery of products as per time schedule 7 To perpetually strive for cost reduction 8 To scale up civil trade activities to exploit sizeable opportunities in civil sector and to expand customer base globally9 To diversify product range and develop new products through Research and Development10To improve the working environment by improving shop layouts and construction of new shops amp civil works which will increase productivity through better handling of materials intermediaries

25 Production amp Quality Control Facilities Resources

Quality PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory are committed to meet the customers enhanced requirements through continual improvement of our products Our testing laboratories are accredited by NABL etc

Safety PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore are committed to ensure safe practices Safe working condition and Healthy Environment for every employees as also anyone working within the premises

2HI-4HI COLD ROLLING MILL ELECTRO SLAG REMELTING GUN HEAT TREATMENT HEAVY DUTY LATHES NEW GUNFORGE RADIAL FORGING SHOP STRAIGHTENING PRESS LADLE FORGE AUTO GUAGE EDM WIRE CUT MACHINE MVC-006F MVC-025F

Page| 8

DESPRIPTION amp OBJECTIVES | CHAPTER 3

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPEMENT (HRD) DEPARTMENT

31 DESCRIPTION

Human Resource Development (HRD) is the framework for helping employees develop their personal and organizational skills knowledge and abilities Human Resource Development includes such opportunities as employee training employee career development performance management and development coaching mentoring succession planning key employee identification tuition assistance and organization development

The focus of all aspects of Human Resource Development is on developing the most superior workforce so that the organization and individual employees can accomplish their work goals in service to customers

Human Resource Development can be formal such as in classroom training a college course or an organizational planned change effort Or Human Resource Development can be informal as in employee coaching by a manager Healthy organizations believe in Human ResourceDevelopment and cover all of these bases

311 OBJECTIVES OF HRD DEPARTMENT

1 EquityRecognizing every employee at par irrespective of caste creed religion and language can create a very good environment in an organization HRD must ensure that the organization creates a culture and provides equal opportunities to all employees in matters of career planning promotion quality of work life training and development

2 EmployabilityEmployability means the ability skills and competencies of an individual to seek gainful employment anywhere So HRD should aim at improving the skills of employees in order to motivate them to work with effectiveness

3 AdaptabilityContinuous training that develops the professional skills of employees plays an important role in HRD This can help the employees to adapt themselves to organizational change that takes place on a continuous basis

Page| 10

312 INDUSTRIAL RELATION

Definition of Industrial Relations

Industrial relation is defined as relation of Individual or group of employee and employer for engaging themselves in a way to maximize the productive activitiesIn the words of Lester ldquoIndustrial relations involve attempts at arriving at solutions between the conflicting objectives and values between the profit motive and social gain between discipline and freedom between authority and industrial democracy between bargaining and co-operation and between conflicting interests of the individual the group and the community

Need for Industrial Relation

Need of Industrial Relation has arisen to defend the interest of workers for adjusting the reasonable salary or wages It also helps the workers to seek perfect working condition for producing maximum output Workersemployees are concerned with social security measures through this Industrial Relations is also needed for achieving the democracy by allowing worker to take part in management which helps to protect human rights of individual Salaries in India are much more attractive in Indian subcontinent As India is having flourishing economy the job opportunities are emerging and there is huge scope of expansion The salary pattern of India is also growing Even the seventh pay commission is also spreading the way to coming soon The Salaries of private sector is also in the upswing mode with the increase of 11 annually Although Inflation is one of the major factor which nullify the increase in the salary But still the inflation is lower than the increase in the salary So this can be seen as increase in the salary

ABOUT INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES (IES) OF METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

A person working in a factory or Industry is known as industrial Employee In Metal amp Steel Factory there are more than 2000 industrial employees who work in different Sections There are total 47 trades and each trade has again 5 grades The lowest grade is the Semi-skilled or Unskilled labour and the Highest grade of IES is Master Craftsman The labour Bureau a department of Metal amp Steel factory looks after the Industrial Employees Human Resource Development another department of metal amp Steel factory arranges training for the Industrial employees Industrial Employees are highly skilled and are literate They are directly recruited to semi skill grade and promoted accordingly trade test The industrial employees have to pass a trade test which contains both theoretical and practical knowledge to get promoted to next grade All the detail of recruitment of industrial employees are mentioned in SRO (Statutory Regulatory Order) Of the organisation According to 6 th Central Pay Commission Group D has been abolished so Industrial Employees now comes under only Group C

Page| 11

FIG3 A- GRADE CHART OF INDUSRTIAL EMLOYEES

Grade Pay Band Grade Pay Qualification Experience Trade Test

MCM 9300 ndash 34800- 4200- By promotion (same as HS I)

HS II- 7years

HS I- 3 years

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

Total10years

HS I 5200 ndash 20200- 2800- By promotion (Same as HS II)

HS II-3 years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

HS II 5200 ndash 20200- 2400- By promotion (Same as SK)

SK- 3years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SK 5200 ndash 20200- 1900- BY Promotion (Same as SSK)

SSK Annexure A(2years)

SSK Annexure B(3years)

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SSK 5200 ndash 20200- 1800- Essential passed ndash Vth Class

Desirable ndash Matriculate

No experience

By Direct Recruitment After Adjustment of Surplus

Page| 15

32 ABOUT THE TOPIC

A Training Need Assessment provides information on the training and skills development requirements of all members of your network It is one of the key steps in preparing a training plan and will provide you with information on which to base your networks training plan It enables you to

Identify the gap between current and required levels of knowledge skills and attitude Identify what the general content of training should be Form the foundation of a training plan Provide a baseline for the evaluation of a training plan Ensure that appropriate and relevant training is delivered Maximise use of scarce resources

Overall Purpose of Training Needs Assessment and AnalysisA training analysis is conducted ultimately to identify what areas of knowledge or behaviors that training needs to accomplish with learners The analysis considers what results the organization needs from the learner what knowledge and skills the learner presently has and usually concludes with identifying what knowledge and skills the learner must gain (the performance gap)

Usually this phase also includes identifying when training should occur and who should attend as learners Ideally criteria are established for the final evaluation of training to conclude if training goals were met or not

Depending on the resources and needs of the organization a training analysis can range from a very detailed inventory of skills to a general review of performance results The more complete the training analysis the more likely that the employees training will ultimately contribute results to the organization

BENIFITS OF TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT

Identifies performance goals and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by a companys workforce to achieve those goals

Identifies gaps in training provision in sectors and or regions Helps direct resources to areas of greatest priority Addresses resources needed to fulfil the organisational mission improve

productivity and provide quality products and services

Page| 16

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

21 INTRODUCTION ldquo मटल का बढ़ता कदम हौसला इसपात का बाजओ म ह दम rdquo Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is the main producer of basic Ferrous and Non-Ferrous raw material for military hardware Present day military hardware requires use of metals of high strength coupled with superior toughnessCombination of both these properties requires use of alloy steel of Super-ultra clean quality MSF has facilities for state-of-the-art steel making in the form of Electric Arc Furnace Ladle Furnace Vacuum Degassing amp Electro Steel Re-melting ensuring production of Ultra clean steel A high capacity PLC-Controlled 2650T Forging Press with fully integrate and double manipulators gives shape to the products like Gun Barrels amp other components of Artillery and Tank Guns A state of art CNC-Controlled Redial Forging Press of 1250T for each hammers can forge various sections and profiles with high degree of isometric mechanical properties near-net finish and repeatability The Factory also possesses a hot rolling mill a high precision 2 hi 4 hi combination cold rolling mill (setup in 2006) for making thin strips of ferrous and non-ferrous material with online x-ray and mechanical gauging system Precision controlled heat treatment facilities impart high Mechanical Properties in the metal making it capable of performance under conditions of high stress Such integrated facilities for making shaping amp treating of Super-Ultra clean alloy steel-grades makes it possible to cater to any metallurgical need Production of steel cartridge cases starting from making of deep drawing quality steel (HSLA Grade) for forming the finished products is the major strength of the factory MSF is the leader in this field Electric induction Brass Melting Furnaces produces high quality 6040 withwithout Pb Brass BilletsPigs Mn-brass etc Quality intelligence personnel with sophisticated machinery consisting of Ultrasonography Laboratory Chemical Testing Computer aided Spectrographic XRF Spectrometry Hydrogen Gas Analyser and 3D coordinator for precision dimensional measurement etc

LOCATION

Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore is situated in West Bengal on the Eastern Bank of River Hoogly (Ganges) at a distance of 28 KM from Kolkata and is connected by Rail and Motor-Road Nearest Airport Terminal is Netaji Subhash Chandra Bose Airport Dum Dum

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

The factory has its origin as part of Gun amp Shell Factory at Cossipore - then known as Foundry and Shell Factory- in the year 1872 when metallurgical operations by way of melting and rolling of Cartridge Brasses were first taken up Subsequently in the year 1892 manufacture of steel was taken up when open-hearth steel making furnace was commissioned With this the first authentic production of steel was introduced in India The Steel Rolling Mills were installed later on in 1896 Further expansion of metallurgical activities necessitated shifting of metallurgical plants to Ishapore

Page| 4

Relocated to its new site at Ishapore in the Year 1905 the Factory continued to function as a part of the Gun amp Shell Factory Cossipore In 1920 it became an independent unit in the

family of Ordnance Factories and had come to be known as Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore (MSF)

MSF has been the cradle of military-metallurgy in India The facilities amp expertise available in carrying out development of products and investigation of failures by the attached inspectorate led to the formation of Technical Development Establishment (Metals) in the year 1951 which was upgraded in the year 1956 to the Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory (DMRL) within its premises DMRL was later on shifted to Hyderabad in the year 1963 after bifurcation into DMRL and CI (Metals)

22 PRODUCT PROFILE

MSF is strategically placed considering its product profile The main products are listed below

1 Large Medium amp Small forgings2 (i) ESR Slugs (ii) Torsion Bars (iii) All kind of steel and forgings for defence application

3 Ammunition Items (i) Medium Caliber steel Cartridge Cases etc (ii) Steel amp Brass Blanks for Cartridge Cases for different caliber (iii) Steel amp Brass Rods for ammunition hardwares

Products Core Competency Area

1) Gun Barrels and Forged Gun Components2) Rolled Steel BarsRods of Ultra Clean Steel3) Brass Rods4) Steel Cartridge Cases of Medium Calibre

Civil Trade

The Ordnance Factories have undertaken Civil Trade since July 1986 for optimal utilization of capacities It has been impressed upon the factories to undertake Civil Trade wherever capacities are available since this would also lessen dependence on budgetary support The Factory diversified into civil trade with a view to utilizing its spare capacity

Page| 523 PRODUCTION FACILITIES

The development of new weapon systems calls for stringent metallurgical property requirements for the special Alloy Steels and Non-ferrous Alloys that go into making of weapon systems Special characteristics of the Defence Materials are the multiplicity of specifications adherence to high quality standards and special metallurgical properties Quantity of supply ranges from fifty Kilograms to hundreds of MT In fulfilling these requirements MSF has played a unique role in quick development and productionisation of new armaments in the country In addition MSF has taken adequate care and advance action in order to not only be competent but also to be at the forefront in quality standards and latest in technological advantages by developing core competencies in the following areas

Manufacture of highly specialised steels through the latest technology ie ESR amp LF-VD for tank gun barrel like T-72 130mm 155mm and all types of steel blanks required for sister factories for various types of cartridge cases for 30mm Sarath 23mm Schilka 73mm 762mm and 125mm ammunition This factory has established the capability for the manufacture of the specialised forgings for Arjun Tank

Various types of steel cartridge cases and blanks

In addtion to above MSF has got the following Production facilities

Steel Making

Melting 15 Ton amp 2 Ton Basic Electric Arc Furnace with cored-wire Ca-Si Injection Argon purging and Slide Gate Teeming Bottom Pouring facilities

Secondary Steel Refining 20 Ton capacity Ladle Furnace - Vacuum Degassing (LF-VD) and 10 Ton capacity Electro Slag Re-melting (ESR) units in conjunction with 15 Ton EAF

Press Forging 2650 Ton ZDAS Forging Press with rail bound manipulator for heavy forgings

Hammer Forging 5 Ton MASSEY pneumatic Hammer and battery of other Pneumatic Hammers (1Ton 10 CWT) for medium and smaller section forgings and tools

Rolling 28 inches 2-high reversing LAMBERTON make Bar Mill with Manipulator and Roller

Tables 3 High 550 mm X 1500mm MORGARDSHAMMER Billet Rolling Mill Double Duo Rod

Rolling Mill of 10 inches diameter stands Bright bar processing facilities

Upset Forging 1200 ton Horizontal Forging Machine

Page| 6

Hollow Forging Battery of 280 Ton and 150 Ton vertical Forging presses for hollow forgings upto 125 mm dia and 550 mm length with one or both ends open

Drop Stamping 10 Ton double acting forging machine battery of Drop Stamp Hammers (1Ton 15 CWT 7 CWT)

Heat Treatment Bogie-hearth Electric Annealing and normalizing Furnaces Pit type Electric Furnace with quenching facilities for hardening and tempering

Brass Melting Battery of Electric Induction Brass Melting furnaces comprising of 2 Nos 540 kgs

GEC make Brass melting furnaces Four Nos 300Kgs and three nos 500Kgs AJAX Watt medium frequency melting furnaces

Cold Rolling Cold Rolling Mills for rolling of brass slabs

Extrusion 1250 Ton Hydraulic Direct Extrusion Press for brass rodstubes and Draw Benches

Cupping and Deep Drawing Cupping and Deep drawing of Brass and Steel Chemical Passivation and finishing

24 MISSION amp VISION

Mission Statement

Production of State of the Art Battle Field Equipments

Vision Statement

1 To equip our Armed Forces with modern Defence and Battle Field Equipments2 To continuously modernize our production facilities3 To train and motivate personnel 4 To equip ourselves with technologies through acquisition synergy and in-house RampD 5 To continuously improve quality6 To achieve highest level of customer satisfaction 7 To increase customer base in defence non-defence and export markets and establish global presence

________________________________________________________________ _ iemsip Page| 7

Objectives

1 The prime objective is to make quality steel forging and feed sister ordnance factories in the form of PYT gun barrels cartridge cases shell bars and miscellaneous bar products 2 To manufacture non-ferrous rods blanks strips as well as Die casting3 To maintain and strengthen the factory core competence of producing and supplying high technology product4 Growth based on the optimal utilization of available infrastructure with further judicious investment 5 To increase the productivity by continual quality improvement measures RampD efforts and increased efficiency of all plants and processes 6 To effect the delivery of products as per time schedule 7 To perpetually strive for cost reduction 8 To scale up civil trade activities to exploit sizeable opportunities in civil sector and to expand customer base globally9 To diversify product range and develop new products through Research and Development10To improve the working environment by improving shop layouts and construction of new shops amp civil works which will increase productivity through better handling of materials intermediaries

25 Production amp Quality Control Facilities Resources

Quality PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory are committed to meet the customers enhanced requirements through continual improvement of our products Our testing laboratories are accredited by NABL etc

Safety PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore are committed to ensure safe practices Safe working condition and Healthy Environment for every employees as also anyone working within the premises

2HI-4HI COLD ROLLING MILL ELECTRO SLAG REMELTING GUN HEAT TREATMENT HEAVY DUTY LATHES NEW GUNFORGE RADIAL FORGING SHOP STRAIGHTENING PRESS LADLE FORGE AUTO GUAGE EDM WIRE CUT MACHINE MVC-006F MVC-025F

Page| 8

DESPRIPTION amp OBJECTIVES | CHAPTER 3

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPEMENT (HRD) DEPARTMENT

31 DESCRIPTION

Human Resource Development (HRD) is the framework for helping employees develop their personal and organizational skills knowledge and abilities Human Resource Development includes such opportunities as employee training employee career development performance management and development coaching mentoring succession planning key employee identification tuition assistance and organization development

The focus of all aspects of Human Resource Development is on developing the most superior workforce so that the organization and individual employees can accomplish their work goals in service to customers

Human Resource Development can be formal such as in classroom training a college course or an organizational planned change effort Or Human Resource Development can be informal as in employee coaching by a manager Healthy organizations believe in Human ResourceDevelopment and cover all of these bases

311 OBJECTIVES OF HRD DEPARTMENT

1 EquityRecognizing every employee at par irrespective of caste creed religion and language can create a very good environment in an organization HRD must ensure that the organization creates a culture and provides equal opportunities to all employees in matters of career planning promotion quality of work life training and development

2 EmployabilityEmployability means the ability skills and competencies of an individual to seek gainful employment anywhere So HRD should aim at improving the skills of employees in order to motivate them to work with effectiveness

3 AdaptabilityContinuous training that develops the professional skills of employees plays an important role in HRD This can help the employees to adapt themselves to organizational change that takes place on a continuous basis

Page| 10

312 INDUSTRIAL RELATION

Definition of Industrial Relations

Industrial relation is defined as relation of Individual or group of employee and employer for engaging themselves in a way to maximize the productive activitiesIn the words of Lester ldquoIndustrial relations involve attempts at arriving at solutions between the conflicting objectives and values between the profit motive and social gain between discipline and freedom between authority and industrial democracy between bargaining and co-operation and between conflicting interests of the individual the group and the community

Need for Industrial Relation

Need of Industrial Relation has arisen to defend the interest of workers for adjusting the reasonable salary or wages It also helps the workers to seek perfect working condition for producing maximum output Workersemployees are concerned with social security measures through this Industrial Relations is also needed for achieving the democracy by allowing worker to take part in management which helps to protect human rights of individual Salaries in India are much more attractive in Indian subcontinent As India is having flourishing economy the job opportunities are emerging and there is huge scope of expansion The salary pattern of India is also growing Even the seventh pay commission is also spreading the way to coming soon The Salaries of private sector is also in the upswing mode with the increase of 11 annually Although Inflation is one of the major factor which nullify the increase in the salary But still the inflation is lower than the increase in the salary So this can be seen as increase in the salary

ABOUT INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES (IES) OF METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

A person working in a factory or Industry is known as industrial Employee In Metal amp Steel Factory there are more than 2000 industrial employees who work in different Sections There are total 47 trades and each trade has again 5 grades The lowest grade is the Semi-skilled or Unskilled labour and the Highest grade of IES is Master Craftsman The labour Bureau a department of Metal amp Steel factory looks after the Industrial Employees Human Resource Development another department of metal amp Steel factory arranges training for the Industrial employees Industrial Employees are highly skilled and are literate They are directly recruited to semi skill grade and promoted accordingly trade test The industrial employees have to pass a trade test which contains both theoretical and practical knowledge to get promoted to next grade All the detail of recruitment of industrial employees are mentioned in SRO (Statutory Regulatory Order) Of the organisation According to 6 th Central Pay Commission Group D has been abolished so Industrial Employees now comes under only Group C

Page| 11

FIG3 A- GRADE CHART OF INDUSRTIAL EMLOYEES

Grade Pay Band Grade Pay Qualification Experience Trade Test

MCM 9300 ndash 34800- 4200- By promotion (same as HS I)

HS II- 7years

HS I- 3 years

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

Total10years

HS I 5200 ndash 20200- 2800- By promotion (Same as HS II)

HS II-3 years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

HS II 5200 ndash 20200- 2400- By promotion (Same as SK)

SK- 3years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SK 5200 ndash 20200- 1900- BY Promotion (Same as SSK)

SSK Annexure A(2years)

SSK Annexure B(3years)

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SSK 5200 ndash 20200- 1800- Essential passed ndash Vth Class

Desirable ndash Matriculate

No experience

By Direct Recruitment After Adjustment of Surplus

Page| 15

32 ABOUT THE TOPIC

A Training Need Assessment provides information on the training and skills development requirements of all members of your network It is one of the key steps in preparing a training plan and will provide you with information on which to base your networks training plan It enables you to

Identify the gap between current and required levels of knowledge skills and attitude Identify what the general content of training should be Form the foundation of a training plan Provide a baseline for the evaluation of a training plan Ensure that appropriate and relevant training is delivered Maximise use of scarce resources

Overall Purpose of Training Needs Assessment and AnalysisA training analysis is conducted ultimately to identify what areas of knowledge or behaviors that training needs to accomplish with learners The analysis considers what results the organization needs from the learner what knowledge and skills the learner presently has and usually concludes with identifying what knowledge and skills the learner must gain (the performance gap)

Usually this phase also includes identifying when training should occur and who should attend as learners Ideally criteria are established for the final evaluation of training to conclude if training goals were met or not

Depending on the resources and needs of the organization a training analysis can range from a very detailed inventory of skills to a general review of performance results The more complete the training analysis the more likely that the employees training will ultimately contribute results to the organization

BENIFITS OF TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT

Identifies performance goals and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by a companys workforce to achieve those goals

Identifies gaps in training provision in sectors and or regions Helps direct resources to areas of greatest priority Addresses resources needed to fulfil the organisational mission improve

productivity and provide quality products and services

Page| 16

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

family of Ordnance Factories and had come to be known as Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore (MSF)

MSF has been the cradle of military-metallurgy in India The facilities amp expertise available in carrying out development of products and investigation of failures by the attached inspectorate led to the formation of Technical Development Establishment (Metals) in the year 1951 which was upgraded in the year 1956 to the Defence Metallurgical Research Laboratory (DMRL) within its premises DMRL was later on shifted to Hyderabad in the year 1963 after bifurcation into DMRL and CI (Metals)

22 PRODUCT PROFILE

MSF is strategically placed considering its product profile The main products are listed below

1 Large Medium amp Small forgings2 (i) ESR Slugs (ii) Torsion Bars (iii) All kind of steel and forgings for defence application

3 Ammunition Items (i) Medium Caliber steel Cartridge Cases etc (ii) Steel amp Brass Blanks for Cartridge Cases for different caliber (iii) Steel amp Brass Rods for ammunition hardwares

Products Core Competency Area

1) Gun Barrels and Forged Gun Components2) Rolled Steel BarsRods of Ultra Clean Steel3) Brass Rods4) Steel Cartridge Cases of Medium Calibre

Civil Trade

The Ordnance Factories have undertaken Civil Trade since July 1986 for optimal utilization of capacities It has been impressed upon the factories to undertake Civil Trade wherever capacities are available since this would also lessen dependence on budgetary support The Factory diversified into civil trade with a view to utilizing its spare capacity

Page| 523 PRODUCTION FACILITIES

The development of new weapon systems calls for stringent metallurgical property requirements for the special Alloy Steels and Non-ferrous Alloys that go into making of weapon systems Special characteristics of the Defence Materials are the multiplicity of specifications adherence to high quality standards and special metallurgical properties Quantity of supply ranges from fifty Kilograms to hundreds of MT In fulfilling these requirements MSF has played a unique role in quick development and productionisation of new armaments in the country In addition MSF has taken adequate care and advance action in order to not only be competent but also to be at the forefront in quality standards and latest in technological advantages by developing core competencies in the following areas

Manufacture of highly specialised steels through the latest technology ie ESR amp LF-VD for tank gun barrel like T-72 130mm 155mm and all types of steel blanks required for sister factories for various types of cartridge cases for 30mm Sarath 23mm Schilka 73mm 762mm and 125mm ammunition This factory has established the capability for the manufacture of the specialised forgings for Arjun Tank

Various types of steel cartridge cases and blanks

In addtion to above MSF has got the following Production facilities

Steel Making

Melting 15 Ton amp 2 Ton Basic Electric Arc Furnace with cored-wire Ca-Si Injection Argon purging and Slide Gate Teeming Bottom Pouring facilities

Secondary Steel Refining 20 Ton capacity Ladle Furnace - Vacuum Degassing (LF-VD) and 10 Ton capacity Electro Slag Re-melting (ESR) units in conjunction with 15 Ton EAF

Press Forging 2650 Ton ZDAS Forging Press with rail bound manipulator for heavy forgings

Hammer Forging 5 Ton MASSEY pneumatic Hammer and battery of other Pneumatic Hammers (1Ton 10 CWT) for medium and smaller section forgings and tools

Rolling 28 inches 2-high reversing LAMBERTON make Bar Mill with Manipulator and Roller

Tables 3 High 550 mm X 1500mm MORGARDSHAMMER Billet Rolling Mill Double Duo Rod

Rolling Mill of 10 inches diameter stands Bright bar processing facilities

Upset Forging 1200 ton Horizontal Forging Machine

Page| 6

Hollow Forging Battery of 280 Ton and 150 Ton vertical Forging presses for hollow forgings upto 125 mm dia and 550 mm length with one or both ends open

Drop Stamping 10 Ton double acting forging machine battery of Drop Stamp Hammers (1Ton 15 CWT 7 CWT)

Heat Treatment Bogie-hearth Electric Annealing and normalizing Furnaces Pit type Electric Furnace with quenching facilities for hardening and tempering

Brass Melting Battery of Electric Induction Brass Melting furnaces comprising of 2 Nos 540 kgs

GEC make Brass melting furnaces Four Nos 300Kgs and three nos 500Kgs AJAX Watt medium frequency melting furnaces

Cold Rolling Cold Rolling Mills for rolling of brass slabs

Extrusion 1250 Ton Hydraulic Direct Extrusion Press for brass rodstubes and Draw Benches

Cupping and Deep Drawing Cupping and Deep drawing of Brass and Steel Chemical Passivation and finishing

24 MISSION amp VISION

Mission Statement

Production of State of the Art Battle Field Equipments

Vision Statement

1 To equip our Armed Forces with modern Defence and Battle Field Equipments2 To continuously modernize our production facilities3 To train and motivate personnel 4 To equip ourselves with technologies through acquisition synergy and in-house RampD 5 To continuously improve quality6 To achieve highest level of customer satisfaction 7 To increase customer base in defence non-defence and export markets and establish global presence

________________________________________________________________ _ iemsip Page| 7

Objectives

1 The prime objective is to make quality steel forging and feed sister ordnance factories in the form of PYT gun barrels cartridge cases shell bars and miscellaneous bar products 2 To manufacture non-ferrous rods blanks strips as well as Die casting3 To maintain and strengthen the factory core competence of producing and supplying high technology product4 Growth based on the optimal utilization of available infrastructure with further judicious investment 5 To increase the productivity by continual quality improvement measures RampD efforts and increased efficiency of all plants and processes 6 To effect the delivery of products as per time schedule 7 To perpetually strive for cost reduction 8 To scale up civil trade activities to exploit sizeable opportunities in civil sector and to expand customer base globally9 To diversify product range and develop new products through Research and Development10To improve the working environment by improving shop layouts and construction of new shops amp civil works which will increase productivity through better handling of materials intermediaries

25 Production amp Quality Control Facilities Resources

Quality PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory are committed to meet the customers enhanced requirements through continual improvement of our products Our testing laboratories are accredited by NABL etc

Safety PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore are committed to ensure safe practices Safe working condition and Healthy Environment for every employees as also anyone working within the premises

2HI-4HI COLD ROLLING MILL ELECTRO SLAG REMELTING GUN HEAT TREATMENT HEAVY DUTY LATHES NEW GUNFORGE RADIAL FORGING SHOP STRAIGHTENING PRESS LADLE FORGE AUTO GUAGE EDM WIRE CUT MACHINE MVC-006F MVC-025F

Page| 8

DESPRIPTION amp OBJECTIVES | CHAPTER 3

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPEMENT (HRD) DEPARTMENT

31 DESCRIPTION

Human Resource Development (HRD) is the framework for helping employees develop their personal and organizational skills knowledge and abilities Human Resource Development includes such opportunities as employee training employee career development performance management and development coaching mentoring succession planning key employee identification tuition assistance and organization development

The focus of all aspects of Human Resource Development is on developing the most superior workforce so that the organization and individual employees can accomplish their work goals in service to customers

Human Resource Development can be formal such as in classroom training a college course or an organizational planned change effort Or Human Resource Development can be informal as in employee coaching by a manager Healthy organizations believe in Human ResourceDevelopment and cover all of these bases

311 OBJECTIVES OF HRD DEPARTMENT

1 EquityRecognizing every employee at par irrespective of caste creed religion and language can create a very good environment in an organization HRD must ensure that the organization creates a culture and provides equal opportunities to all employees in matters of career planning promotion quality of work life training and development

2 EmployabilityEmployability means the ability skills and competencies of an individual to seek gainful employment anywhere So HRD should aim at improving the skills of employees in order to motivate them to work with effectiveness

3 AdaptabilityContinuous training that develops the professional skills of employees plays an important role in HRD This can help the employees to adapt themselves to organizational change that takes place on a continuous basis

Page| 10

312 INDUSTRIAL RELATION

Definition of Industrial Relations

Industrial relation is defined as relation of Individual or group of employee and employer for engaging themselves in a way to maximize the productive activitiesIn the words of Lester ldquoIndustrial relations involve attempts at arriving at solutions between the conflicting objectives and values between the profit motive and social gain between discipline and freedom between authority and industrial democracy between bargaining and co-operation and between conflicting interests of the individual the group and the community

Need for Industrial Relation

Need of Industrial Relation has arisen to defend the interest of workers for adjusting the reasonable salary or wages It also helps the workers to seek perfect working condition for producing maximum output Workersemployees are concerned with social security measures through this Industrial Relations is also needed for achieving the democracy by allowing worker to take part in management which helps to protect human rights of individual Salaries in India are much more attractive in Indian subcontinent As India is having flourishing economy the job opportunities are emerging and there is huge scope of expansion The salary pattern of India is also growing Even the seventh pay commission is also spreading the way to coming soon The Salaries of private sector is also in the upswing mode with the increase of 11 annually Although Inflation is one of the major factor which nullify the increase in the salary But still the inflation is lower than the increase in the salary So this can be seen as increase in the salary

ABOUT INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES (IES) OF METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

A person working in a factory or Industry is known as industrial Employee In Metal amp Steel Factory there are more than 2000 industrial employees who work in different Sections There are total 47 trades and each trade has again 5 grades The lowest grade is the Semi-skilled or Unskilled labour and the Highest grade of IES is Master Craftsman The labour Bureau a department of Metal amp Steel factory looks after the Industrial Employees Human Resource Development another department of metal amp Steel factory arranges training for the Industrial employees Industrial Employees are highly skilled and are literate They are directly recruited to semi skill grade and promoted accordingly trade test The industrial employees have to pass a trade test which contains both theoretical and practical knowledge to get promoted to next grade All the detail of recruitment of industrial employees are mentioned in SRO (Statutory Regulatory Order) Of the organisation According to 6 th Central Pay Commission Group D has been abolished so Industrial Employees now comes under only Group C

Page| 11

FIG3 A- GRADE CHART OF INDUSRTIAL EMLOYEES

Grade Pay Band Grade Pay Qualification Experience Trade Test

MCM 9300 ndash 34800- 4200- By promotion (same as HS I)

HS II- 7years

HS I- 3 years

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

Total10years

HS I 5200 ndash 20200- 2800- By promotion (Same as HS II)

HS II-3 years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

HS II 5200 ndash 20200- 2400- By promotion (Same as SK)

SK- 3years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SK 5200 ndash 20200- 1900- BY Promotion (Same as SSK)

SSK Annexure A(2years)

SSK Annexure B(3years)

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SSK 5200 ndash 20200- 1800- Essential passed ndash Vth Class

Desirable ndash Matriculate

No experience

By Direct Recruitment After Adjustment of Surplus

Page| 15

32 ABOUT THE TOPIC

A Training Need Assessment provides information on the training and skills development requirements of all members of your network It is one of the key steps in preparing a training plan and will provide you with information on which to base your networks training plan It enables you to

Identify the gap between current and required levels of knowledge skills and attitude Identify what the general content of training should be Form the foundation of a training plan Provide a baseline for the evaluation of a training plan Ensure that appropriate and relevant training is delivered Maximise use of scarce resources

Overall Purpose of Training Needs Assessment and AnalysisA training analysis is conducted ultimately to identify what areas of knowledge or behaviors that training needs to accomplish with learners The analysis considers what results the organization needs from the learner what knowledge and skills the learner presently has and usually concludes with identifying what knowledge and skills the learner must gain (the performance gap)

Usually this phase also includes identifying when training should occur and who should attend as learners Ideally criteria are established for the final evaluation of training to conclude if training goals were met or not

Depending on the resources and needs of the organization a training analysis can range from a very detailed inventory of skills to a general review of performance results The more complete the training analysis the more likely that the employees training will ultimately contribute results to the organization

BENIFITS OF TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT

Identifies performance goals and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by a companys workforce to achieve those goals

Identifies gaps in training provision in sectors and or regions Helps direct resources to areas of greatest priority Addresses resources needed to fulfil the organisational mission improve

productivity and provide quality products and services

Page| 16

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

The development of new weapon systems calls for stringent metallurgical property requirements for the special Alloy Steels and Non-ferrous Alloys that go into making of weapon systems Special characteristics of the Defence Materials are the multiplicity of specifications adherence to high quality standards and special metallurgical properties Quantity of supply ranges from fifty Kilograms to hundreds of MT In fulfilling these requirements MSF has played a unique role in quick development and productionisation of new armaments in the country In addition MSF has taken adequate care and advance action in order to not only be competent but also to be at the forefront in quality standards and latest in technological advantages by developing core competencies in the following areas

Manufacture of highly specialised steels through the latest technology ie ESR amp LF-VD for tank gun barrel like T-72 130mm 155mm and all types of steel blanks required for sister factories for various types of cartridge cases for 30mm Sarath 23mm Schilka 73mm 762mm and 125mm ammunition This factory has established the capability for the manufacture of the specialised forgings for Arjun Tank

Various types of steel cartridge cases and blanks

In addtion to above MSF has got the following Production facilities

Steel Making

Melting 15 Ton amp 2 Ton Basic Electric Arc Furnace with cored-wire Ca-Si Injection Argon purging and Slide Gate Teeming Bottom Pouring facilities

Secondary Steel Refining 20 Ton capacity Ladle Furnace - Vacuum Degassing (LF-VD) and 10 Ton capacity Electro Slag Re-melting (ESR) units in conjunction with 15 Ton EAF

Press Forging 2650 Ton ZDAS Forging Press with rail bound manipulator for heavy forgings

Hammer Forging 5 Ton MASSEY pneumatic Hammer and battery of other Pneumatic Hammers (1Ton 10 CWT) for medium and smaller section forgings and tools

Rolling 28 inches 2-high reversing LAMBERTON make Bar Mill with Manipulator and Roller

Tables 3 High 550 mm X 1500mm MORGARDSHAMMER Billet Rolling Mill Double Duo Rod

Rolling Mill of 10 inches diameter stands Bright bar processing facilities

Upset Forging 1200 ton Horizontal Forging Machine

Page| 6

Hollow Forging Battery of 280 Ton and 150 Ton vertical Forging presses for hollow forgings upto 125 mm dia and 550 mm length with one or both ends open

Drop Stamping 10 Ton double acting forging machine battery of Drop Stamp Hammers (1Ton 15 CWT 7 CWT)

Heat Treatment Bogie-hearth Electric Annealing and normalizing Furnaces Pit type Electric Furnace with quenching facilities for hardening and tempering

Brass Melting Battery of Electric Induction Brass Melting furnaces comprising of 2 Nos 540 kgs

GEC make Brass melting furnaces Four Nos 300Kgs and three nos 500Kgs AJAX Watt medium frequency melting furnaces

Cold Rolling Cold Rolling Mills for rolling of brass slabs

Extrusion 1250 Ton Hydraulic Direct Extrusion Press for brass rodstubes and Draw Benches

Cupping and Deep Drawing Cupping and Deep drawing of Brass and Steel Chemical Passivation and finishing

24 MISSION amp VISION

Mission Statement

Production of State of the Art Battle Field Equipments

Vision Statement

1 To equip our Armed Forces with modern Defence and Battle Field Equipments2 To continuously modernize our production facilities3 To train and motivate personnel 4 To equip ourselves with technologies through acquisition synergy and in-house RampD 5 To continuously improve quality6 To achieve highest level of customer satisfaction 7 To increase customer base in defence non-defence and export markets and establish global presence

________________________________________________________________ _ iemsip Page| 7

Objectives

1 The prime objective is to make quality steel forging and feed sister ordnance factories in the form of PYT gun barrels cartridge cases shell bars and miscellaneous bar products 2 To manufacture non-ferrous rods blanks strips as well as Die casting3 To maintain and strengthen the factory core competence of producing and supplying high technology product4 Growth based on the optimal utilization of available infrastructure with further judicious investment 5 To increase the productivity by continual quality improvement measures RampD efforts and increased efficiency of all plants and processes 6 To effect the delivery of products as per time schedule 7 To perpetually strive for cost reduction 8 To scale up civil trade activities to exploit sizeable opportunities in civil sector and to expand customer base globally9 To diversify product range and develop new products through Research and Development10To improve the working environment by improving shop layouts and construction of new shops amp civil works which will increase productivity through better handling of materials intermediaries

25 Production amp Quality Control Facilities Resources

Quality PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory are committed to meet the customers enhanced requirements through continual improvement of our products Our testing laboratories are accredited by NABL etc

Safety PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore are committed to ensure safe practices Safe working condition and Healthy Environment for every employees as also anyone working within the premises

2HI-4HI COLD ROLLING MILL ELECTRO SLAG REMELTING GUN HEAT TREATMENT HEAVY DUTY LATHES NEW GUNFORGE RADIAL FORGING SHOP STRAIGHTENING PRESS LADLE FORGE AUTO GUAGE EDM WIRE CUT MACHINE MVC-006F MVC-025F

Page| 8

DESPRIPTION amp OBJECTIVES | CHAPTER 3

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPEMENT (HRD) DEPARTMENT

31 DESCRIPTION

Human Resource Development (HRD) is the framework for helping employees develop their personal and organizational skills knowledge and abilities Human Resource Development includes such opportunities as employee training employee career development performance management and development coaching mentoring succession planning key employee identification tuition assistance and organization development

The focus of all aspects of Human Resource Development is on developing the most superior workforce so that the organization and individual employees can accomplish their work goals in service to customers

Human Resource Development can be formal such as in classroom training a college course or an organizational planned change effort Or Human Resource Development can be informal as in employee coaching by a manager Healthy organizations believe in Human ResourceDevelopment and cover all of these bases

311 OBJECTIVES OF HRD DEPARTMENT

1 EquityRecognizing every employee at par irrespective of caste creed religion and language can create a very good environment in an organization HRD must ensure that the organization creates a culture and provides equal opportunities to all employees in matters of career planning promotion quality of work life training and development

2 EmployabilityEmployability means the ability skills and competencies of an individual to seek gainful employment anywhere So HRD should aim at improving the skills of employees in order to motivate them to work with effectiveness

3 AdaptabilityContinuous training that develops the professional skills of employees plays an important role in HRD This can help the employees to adapt themselves to organizational change that takes place on a continuous basis

Page| 10

312 INDUSTRIAL RELATION

Definition of Industrial Relations

Industrial relation is defined as relation of Individual or group of employee and employer for engaging themselves in a way to maximize the productive activitiesIn the words of Lester ldquoIndustrial relations involve attempts at arriving at solutions between the conflicting objectives and values between the profit motive and social gain between discipline and freedom between authority and industrial democracy between bargaining and co-operation and between conflicting interests of the individual the group and the community

Need for Industrial Relation

Need of Industrial Relation has arisen to defend the interest of workers for adjusting the reasonable salary or wages It also helps the workers to seek perfect working condition for producing maximum output Workersemployees are concerned with social security measures through this Industrial Relations is also needed for achieving the democracy by allowing worker to take part in management which helps to protect human rights of individual Salaries in India are much more attractive in Indian subcontinent As India is having flourishing economy the job opportunities are emerging and there is huge scope of expansion The salary pattern of India is also growing Even the seventh pay commission is also spreading the way to coming soon The Salaries of private sector is also in the upswing mode with the increase of 11 annually Although Inflation is one of the major factor which nullify the increase in the salary But still the inflation is lower than the increase in the salary So this can be seen as increase in the salary

ABOUT INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES (IES) OF METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

A person working in a factory or Industry is known as industrial Employee In Metal amp Steel Factory there are more than 2000 industrial employees who work in different Sections There are total 47 trades and each trade has again 5 grades The lowest grade is the Semi-skilled or Unskilled labour and the Highest grade of IES is Master Craftsman The labour Bureau a department of Metal amp Steel factory looks after the Industrial Employees Human Resource Development another department of metal amp Steel factory arranges training for the Industrial employees Industrial Employees are highly skilled and are literate They are directly recruited to semi skill grade and promoted accordingly trade test The industrial employees have to pass a trade test which contains both theoretical and practical knowledge to get promoted to next grade All the detail of recruitment of industrial employees are mentioned in SRO (Statutory Regulatory Order) Of the organisation According to 6 th Central Pay Commission Group D has been abolished so Industrial Employees now comes under only Group C

Page| 11

FIG3 A- GRADE CHART OF INDUSRTIAL EMLOYEES

Grade Pay Band Grade Pay Qualification Experience Trade Test

MCM 9300 ndash 34800- 4200- By promotion (same as HS I)

HS II- 7years

HS I- 3 years

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

Total10years

HS I 5200 ndash 20200- 2800- By promotion (Same as HS II)

HS II-3 years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

HS II 5200 ndash 20200- 2400- By promotion (Same as SK)

SK- 3years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SK 5200 ndash 20200- 1900- BY Promotion (Same as SSK)

SSK Annexure A(2years)

SSK Annexure B(3years)

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SSK 5200 ndash 20200- 1800- Essential passed ndash Vth Class

Desirable ndash Matriculate

No experience

By Direct Recruitment After Adjustment of Surplus

Page| 15

32 ABOUT THE TOPIC

A Training Need Assessment provides information on the training and skills development requirements of all members of your network It is one of the key steps in preparing a training plan and will provide you with information on which to base your networks training plan It enables you to

Identify the gap between current and required levels of knowledge skills and attitude Identify what the general content of training should be Form the foundation of a training plan Provide a baseline for the evaluation of a training plan Ensure that appropriate and relevant training is delivered Maximise use of scarce resources

Overall Purpose of Training Needs Assessment and AnalysisA training analysis is conducted ultimately to identify what areas of knowledge or behaviors that training needs to accomplish with learners The analysis considers what results the organization needs from the learner what knowledge and skills the learner presently has and usually concludes with identifying what knowledge and skills the learner must gain (the performance gap)

Usually this phase also includes identifying when training should occur and who should attend as learners Ideally criteria are established for the final evaluation of training to conclude if training goals were met or not

Depending on the resources and needs of the organization a training analysis can range from a very detailed inventory of skills to a general review of performance results The more complete the training analysis the more likely that the employees training will ultimately contribute results to the organization

BENIFITS OF TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT

Identifies performance goals and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by a companys workforce to achieve those goals

Identifies gaps in training provision in sectors and or regions Helps direct resources to areas of greatest priority Addresses resources needed to fulfil the organisational mission improve

productivity and provide quality products and services

Page| 16

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

Hollow Forging Battery of 280 Ton and 150 Ton vertical Forging presses for hollow forgings upto 125 mm dia and 550 mm length with one or both ends open

Drop Stamping 10 Ton double acting forging machine battery of Drop Stamp Hammers (1Ton 15 CWT 7 CWT)

Heat Treatment Bogie-hearth Electric Annealing and normalizing Furnaces Pit type Electric Furnace with quenching facilities for hardening and tempering

Brass Melting Battery of Electric Induction Brass Melting furnaces comprising of 2 Nos 540 kgs

GEC make Brass melting furnaces Four Nos 300Kgs and three nos 500Kgs AJAX Watt medium frequency melting furnaces

Cold Rolling Cold Rolling Mills for rolling of brass slabs

Extrusion 1250 Ton Hydraulic Direct Extrusion Press for brass rodstubes and Draw Benches

Cupping and Deep Drawing Cupping and Deep drawing of Brass and Steel Chemical Passivation and finishing

24 MISSION amp VISION

Mission Statement

Production of State of the Art Battle Field Equipments

Vision Statement

1 To equip our Armed Forces with modern Defence and Battle Field Equipments2 To continuously modernize our production facilities3 To train and motivate personnel 4 To equip ourselves with technologies through acquisition synergy and in-house RampD 5 To continuously improve quality6 To achieve highest level of customer satisfaction 7 To increase customer base in defence non-defence and export markets and establish global presence

________________________________________________________________ _ iemsip Page| 7

Objectives

1 The prime objective is to make quality steel forging and feed sister ordnance factories in the form of PYT gun barrels cartridge cases shell bars and miscellaneous bar products 2 To manufacture non-ferrous rods blanks strips as well as Die casting3 To maintain and strengthen the factory core competence of producing and supplying high technology product4 Growth based on the optimal utilization of available infrastructure with further judicious investment 5 To increase the productivity by continual quality improvement measures RampD efforts and increased efficiency of all plants and processes 6 To effect the delivery of products as per time schedule 7 To perpetually strive for cost reduction 8 To scale up civil trade activities to exploit sizeable opportunities in civil sector and to expand customer base globally9 To diversify product range and develop new products through Research and Development10To improve the working environment by improving shop layouts and construction of new shops amp civil works which will increase productivity through better handling of materials intermediaries

25 Production amp Quality Control Facilities Resources

Quality PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory are committed to meet the customers enhanced requirements through continual improvement of our products Our testing laboratories are accredited by NABL etc

Safety PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore are committed to ensure safe practices Safe working condition and Healthy Environment for every employees as also anyone working within the premises

2HI-4HI COLD ROLLING MILL ELECTRO SLAG REMELTING GUN HEAT TREATMENT HEAVY DUTY LATHES NEW GUNFORGE RADIAL FORGING SHOP STRAIGHTENING PRESS LADLE FORGE AUTO GUAGE EDM WIRE CUT MACHINE MVC-006F MVC-025F

Page| 8

DESPRIPTION amp OBJECTIVES | CHAPTER 3

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPEMENT (HRD) DEPARTMENT

31 DESCRIPTION

Human Resource Development (HRD) is the framework for helping employees develop their personal and organizational skills knowledge and abilities Human Resource Development includes such opportunities as employee training employee career development performance management and development coaching mentoring succession planning key employee identification tuition assistance and organization development

The focus of all aspects of Human Resource Development is on developing the most superior workforce so that the organization and individual employees can accomplish their work goals in service to customers

Human Resource Development can be formal such as in classroom training a college course or an organizational planned change effort Or Human Resource Development can be informal as in employee coaching by a manager Healthy organizations believe in Human ResourceDevelopment and cover all of these bases

311 OBJECTIVES OF HRD DEPARTMENT

1 EquityRecognizing every employee at par irrespective of caste creed religion and language can create a very good environment in an organization HRD must ensure that the organization creates a culture and provides equal opportunities to all employees in matters of career planning promotion quality of work life training and development

2 EmployabilityEmployability means the ability skills and competencies of an individual to seek gainful employment anywhere So HRD should aim at improving the skills of employees in order to motivate them to work with effectiveness

3 AdaptabilityContinuous training that develops the professional skills of employees plays an important role in HRD This can help the employees to adapt themselves to organizational change that takes place on a continuous basis

Page| 10

312 INDUSTRIAL RELATION

Definition of Industrial Relations

Industrial relation is defined as relation of Individual or group of employee and employer for engaging themselves in a way to maximize the productive activitiesIn the words of Lester ldquoIndustrial relations involve attempts at arriving at solutions between the conflicting objectives and values between the profit motive and social gain between discipline and freedom between authority and industrial democracy between bargaining and co-operation and between conflicting interests of the individual the group and the community

Need for Industrial Relation

Need of Industrial Relation has arisen to defend the interest of workers for adjusting the reasonable salary or wages It also helps the workers to seek perfect working condition for producing maximum output Workersemployees are concerned with social security measures through this Industrial Relations is also needed for achieving the democracy by allowing worker to take part in management which helps to protect human rights of individual Salaries in India are much more attractive in Indian subcontinent As India is having flourishing economy the job opportunities are emerging and there is huge scope of expansion The salary pattern of India is also growing Even the seventh pay commission is also spreading the way to coming soon The Salaries of private sector is also in the upswing mode with the increase of 11 annually Although Inflation is one of the major factor which nullify the increase in the salary But still the inflation is lower than the increase in the salary So this can be seen as increase in the salary

ABOUT INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES (IES) OF METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

A person working in a factory or Industry is known as industrial Employee In Metal amp Steel Factory there are more than 2000 industrial employees who work in different Sections There are total 47 trades and each trade has again 5 grades The lowest grade is the Semi-skilled or Unskilled labour and the Highest grade of IES is Master Craftsman The labour Bureau a department of Metal amp Steel factory looks after the Industrial Employees Human Resource Development another department of metal amp Steel factory arranges training for the Industrial employees Industrial Employees are highly skilled and are literate They are directly recruited to semi skill grade and promoted accordingly trade test The industrial employees have to pass a trade test which contains both theoretical and practical knowledge to get promoted to next grade All the detail of recruitment of industrial employees are mentioned in SRO (Statutory Regulatory Order) Of the organisation According to 6 th Central Pay Commission Group D has been abolished so Industrial Employees now comes under only Group C

Page| 11

FIG3 A- GRADE CHART OF INDUSRTIAL EMLOYEES

Grade Pay Band Grade Pay Qualification Experience Trade Test

MCM 9300 ndash 34800- 4200- By promotion (same as HS I)

HS II- 7years

HS I- 3 years

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

Total10years

HS I 5200 ndash 20200- 2800- By promotion (Same as HS II)

HS II-3 years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

HS II 5200 ndash 20200- 2400- By promotion (Same as SK)

SK- 3years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SK 5200 ndash 20200- 1900- BY Promotion (Same as SSK)

SSK Annexure A(2years)

SSK Annexure B(3years)

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SSK 5200 ndash 20200- 1800- Essential passed ndash Vth Class

Desirable ndash Matriculate

No experience

By Direct Recruitment After Adjustment of Surplus

Page| 15

32 ABOUT THE TOPIC

A Training Need Assessment provides information on the training and skills development requirements of all members of your network It is one of the key steps in preparing a training plan and will provide you with information on which to base your networks training plan It enables you to

Identify the gap between current and required levels of knowledge skills and attitude Identify what the general content of training should be Form the foundation of a training plan Provide a baseline for the evaluation of a training plan Ensure that appropriate and relevant training is delivered Maximise use of scarce resources

Overall Purpose of Training Needs Assessment and AnalysisA training analysis is conducted ultimately to identify what areas of knowledge or behaviors that training needs to accomplish with learners The analysis considers what results the organization needs from the learner what knowledge and skills the learner presently has and usually concludes with identifying what knowledge and skills the learner must gain (the performance gap)

Usually this phase also includes identifying when training should occur and who should attend as learners Ideally criteria are established for the final evaluation of training to conclude if training goals were met or not

Depending on the resources and needs of the organization a training analysis can range from a very detailed inventory of skills to a general review of performance results The more complete the training analysis the more likely that the employees training will ultimately contribute results to the organization

BENIFITS OF TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT

Identifies performance goals and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by a companys workforce to achieve those goals

Identifies gaps in training provision in sectors and or regions Helps direct resources to areas of greatest priority Addresses resources needed to fulfil the organisational mission improve

productivity and provide quality products and services

Page| 16

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

Objectives

1 The prime objective is to make quality steel forging and feed sister ordnance factories in the form of PYT gun barrels cartridge cases shell bars and miscellaneous bar products 2 To manufacture non-ferrous rods blanks strips as well as Die casting3 To maintain and strengthen the factory core competence of producing and supplying high technology product4 Growth based on the optimal utilization of available infrastructure with further judicious investment 5 To increase the productivity by continual quality improvement measures RampD efforts and increased efficiency of all plants and processes 6 To effect the delivery of products as per time schedule 7 To perpetually strive for cost reduction 8 To scale up civil trade activities to exploit sizeable opportunities in civil sector and to expand customer base globally9 To diversify product range and develop new products through Research and Development10To improve the working environment by improving shop layouts and construction of new shops amp civil works which will increase productivity through better handling of materials intermediaries

25 Production amp Quality Control Facilities Resources

Quality PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory are committed to meet the customers enhanced requirements through continual improvement of our products Our testing laboratories are accredited by NABL etc

Safety PolicyWe the employees of Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore are committed to ensure safe practices Safe working condition and Healthy Environment for every employees as also anyone working within the premises

2HI-4HI COLD ROLLING MILL ELECTRO SLAG REMELTING GUN HEAT TREATMENT HEAVY DUTY LATHES NEW GUNFORGE RADIAL FORGING SHOP STRAIGHTENING PRESS LADLE FORGE AUTO GUAGE EDM WIRE CUT MACHINE MVC-006F MVC-025F

Page| 8

DESPRIPTION amp OBJECTIVES | CHAPTER 3

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPEMENT (HRD) DEPARTMENT

31 DESCRIPTION

Human Resource Development (HRD) is the framework for helping employees develop their personal and organizational skills knowledge and abilities Human Resource Development includes such opportunities as employee training employee career development performance management and development coaching mentoring succession planning key employee identification tuition assistance and organization development

The focus of all aspects of Human Resource Development is on developing the most superior workforce so that the organization and individual employees can accomplish their work goals in service to customers

Human Resource Development can be formal such as in classroom training a college course or an organizational planned change effort Or Human Resource Development can be informal as in employee coaching by a manager Healthy organizations believe in Human ResourceDevelopment and cover all of these bases

311 OBJECTIVES OF HRD DEPARTMENT

1 EquityRecognizing every employee at par irrespective of caste creed religion and language can create a very good environment in an organization HRD must ensure that the organization creates a culture and provides equal opportunities to all employees in matters of career planning promotion quality of work life training and development

2 EmployabilityEmployability means the ability skills and competencies of an individual to seek gainful employment anywhere So HRD should aim at improving the skills of employees in order to motivate them to work with effectiveness

3 AdaptabilityContinuous training that develops the professional skills of employees plays an important role in HRD This can help the employees to adapt themselves to organizational change that takes place on a continuous basis

Page| 10

312 INDUSTRIAL RELATION

Definition of Industrial Relations

Industrial relation is defined as relation of Individual or group of employee and employer for engaging themselves in a way to maximize the productive activitiesIn the words of Lester ldquoIndustrial relations involve attempts at arriving at solutions between the conflicting objectives and values between the profit motive and social gain between discipline and freedom between authority and industrial democracy between bargaining and co-operation and between conflicting interests of the individual the group and the community

Need for Industrial Relation

Need of Industrial Relation has arisen to defend the interest of workers for adjusting the reasonable salary or wages It also helps the workers to seek perfect working condition for producing maximum output Workersemployees are concerned with social security measures through this Industrial Relations is also needed for achieving the democracy by allowing worker to take part in management which helps to protect human rights of individual Salaries in India are much more attractive in Indian subcontinent As India is having flourishing economy the job opportunities are emerging and there is huge scope of expansion The salary pattern of India is also growing Even the seventh pay commission is also spreading the way to coming soon The Salaries of private sector is also in the upswing mode with the increase of 11 annually Although Inflation is one of the major factor which nullify the increase in the salary But still the inflation is lower than the increase in the salary So this can be seen as increase in the salary

ABOUT INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES (IES) OF METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

A person working in a factory or Industry is known as industrial Employee In Metal amp Steel Factory there are more than 2000 industrial employees who work in different Sections There are total 47 trades and each trade has again 5 grades The lowest grade is the Semi-skilled or Unskilled labour and the Highest grade of IES is Master Craftsman The labour Bureau a department of Metal amp Steel factory looks after the Industrial Employees Human Resource Development another department of metal amp Steel factory arranges training for the Industrial employees Industrial Employees are highly skilled and are literate They are directly recruited to semi skill grade and promoted accordingly trade test The industrial employees have to pass a trade test which contains both theoretical and practical knowledge to get promoted to next grade All the detail of recruitment of industrial employees are mentioned in SRO (Statutory Regulatory Order) Of the organisation According to 6 th Central Pay Commission Group D has been abolished so Industrial Employees now comes under only Group C

Page| 11

FIG3 A- GRADE CHART OF INDUSRTIAL EMLOYEES

Grade Pay Band Grade Pay Qualification Experience Trade Test

MCM 9300 ndash 34800- 4200- By promotion (same as HS I)

HS II- 7years

HS I- 3 years

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

Total10years

HS I 5200 ndash 20200- 2800- By promotion (Same as HS II)

HS II-3 years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

HS II 5200 ndash 20200- 2400- By promotion (Same as SK)

SK- 3years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SK 5200 ndash 20200- 1900- BY Promotion (Same as SSK)

SSK Annexure A(2years)

SSK Annexure B(3years)

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SSK 5200 ndash 20200- 1800- Essential passed ndash Vth Class

Desirable ndash Matriculate

No experience

By Direct Recruitment After Adjustment of Surplus

Page| 15

32 ABOUT THE TOPIC

A Training Need Assessment provides information on the training and skills development requirements of all members of your network It is one of the key steps in preparing a training plan and will provide you with information on which to base your networks training plan It enables you to

Identify the gap between current and required levels of knowledge skills and attitude Identify what the general content of training should be Form the foundation of a training plan Provide a baseline for the evaluation of a training plan Ensure that appropriate and relevant training is delivered Maximise use of scarce resources

Overall Purpose of Training Needs Assessment and AnalysisA training analysis is conducted ultimately to identify what areas of knowledge or behaviors that training needs to accomplish with learners The analysis considers what results the organization needs from the learner what knowledge and skills the learner presently has and usually concludes with identifying what knowledge and skills the learner must gain (the performance gap)

Usually this phase also includes identifying when training should occur and who should attend as learners Ideally criteria are established for the final evaluation of training to conclude if training goals were met or not

Depending on the resources and needs of the organization a training analysis can range from a very detailed inventory of skills to a general review of performance results The more complete the training analysis the more likely that the employees training will ultimately contribute results to the organization

BENIFITS OF TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT

Identifies performance goals and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by a companys workforce to achieve those goals

Identifies gaps in training provision in sectors and or regions Helps direct resources to areas of greatest priority Addresses resources needed to fulfil the organisational mission improve

productivity and provide quality products and services

Page| 16

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

DESPRIPTION amp OBJECTIVES | CHAPTER 3

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPEMENT (HRD) DEPARTMENT

31 DESCRIPTION

Human Resource Development (HRD) is the framework for helping employees develop their personal and organizational skills knowledge and abilities Human Resource Development includes such opportunities as employee training employee career development performance management and development coaching mentoring succession planning key employee identification tuition assistance and organization development

The focus of all aspects of Human Resource Development is on developing the most superior workforce so that the organization and individual employees can accomplish their work goals in service to customers

Human Resource Development can be formal such as in classroom training a college course or an organizational planned change effort Or Human Resource Development can be informal as in employee coaching by a manager Healthy organizations believe in Human ResourceDevelopment and cover all of these bases

311 OBJECTIVES OF HRD DEPARTMENT

1 EquityRecognizing every employee at par irrespective of caste creed religion and language can create a very good environment in an organization HRD must ensure that the organization creates a culture and provides equal opportunities to all employees in matters of career planning promotion quality of work life training and development

2 EmployabilityEmployability means the ability skills and competencies of an individual to seek gainful employment anywhere So HRD should aim at improving the skills of employees in order to motivate them to work with effectiveness

3 AdaptabilityContinuous training that develops the professional skills of employees plays an important role in HRD This can help the employees to adapt themselves to organizational change that takes place on a continuous basis

Page| 10

312 INDUSTRIAL RELATION

Definition of Industrial Relations

Industrial relation is defined as relation of Individual or group of employee and employer for engaging themselves in a way to maximize the productive activitiesIn the words of Lester ldquoIndustrial relations involve attempts at arriving at solutions between the conflicting objectives and values between the profit motive and social gain between discipline and freedom between authority and industrial democracy between bargaining and co-operation and between conflicting interests of the individual the group and the community

Need for Industrial Relation

Need of Industrial Relation has arisen to defend the interest of workers for adjusting the reasonable salary or wages It also helps the workers to seek perfect working condition for producing maximum output Workersemployees are concerned with social security measures through this Industrial Relations is also needed for achieving the democracy by allowing worker to take part in management which helps to protect human rights of individual Salaries in India are much more attractive in Indian subcontinent As India is having flourishing economy the job opportunities are emerging and there is huge scope of expansion The salary pattern of India is also growing Even the seventh pay commission is also spreading the way to coming soon The Salaries of private sector is also in the upswing mode with the increase of 11 annually Although Inflation is one of the major factor which nullify the increase in the salary But still the inflation is lower than the increase in the salary So this can be seen as increase in the salary

ABOUT INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES (IES) OF METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

A person working in a factory or Industry is known as industrial Employee In Metal amp Steel Factory there are more than 2000 industrial employees who work in different Sections There are total 47 trades and each trade has again 5 grades The lowest grade is the Semi-skilled or Unskilled labour and the Highest grade of IES is Master Craftsman The labour Bureau a department of Metal amp Steel factory looks after the Industrial Employees Human Resource Development another department of metal amp Steel factory arranges training for the Industrial employees Industrial Employees are highly skilled and are literate They are directly recruited to semi skill grade and promoted accordingly trade test The industrial employees have to pass a trade test which contains both theoretical and practical knowledge to get promoted to next grade All the detail of recruitment of industrial employees are mentioned in SRO (Statutory Regulatory Order) Of the organisation According to 6 th Central Pay Commission Group D has been abolished so Industrial Employees now comes under only Group C

Page| 11

FIG3 A- GRADE CHART OF INDUSRTIAL EMLOYEES

Grade Pay Band Grade Pay Qualification Experience Trade Test

MCM 9300 ndash 34800- 4200- By promotion (same as HS I)

HS II- 7years

HS I- 3 years

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

Total10years

HS I 5200 ndash 20200- 2800- By promotion (Same as HS II)

HS II-3 years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

HS II 5200 ndash 20200- 2400- By promotion (Same as SK)

SK- 3years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SK 5200 ndash 20200- 1900- BY Promotion (Same as SSK)

SSK Annexure A(2years)

SSK Annexure B(3years)

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SSK 5200 ndash 20200- 1800- Essential passed ndash Vth Class

Desirable ndash Matriculate

No experience

By Direct Recruitment After Adjustment of Surplus

Page| 15

32 ABOUT THE TOPIC

A Training Need Assessment provides information on the training and skills development requirements of all members of your network It is one of the key steps in preparing a training plan and will provide you with information on which to base your networks training plan It enables you to

Identify the gap between current and required levels of knowledge skills and attitude Identify what the general content of training should be Form the foundation of a training plan Provide a baseline for the evaluation of a training plan Ensure that appropriate and relevant training is delivered Maximise use of scarce resources

Overall Purpose of Training Needs Assessment and AnalysisA training analysis is conducted ultimately to identify what areas of knowledge or behaviors that training needs to accomplish with learners The analysis considers what results the organization needs from the learner what knowledge and skills the learner presently has and usually concludes with identifying what knowledge and skills the learner must gain (the performance gap)

Usually this phase also includes identifying when training should occur and who should attend as learners Ideally criteria are established for the final evaluation of training to conclude if training goals were met or not

Depending on the resources and needs of the organization a training analysis can range from a very detailed inventory of skills to a general review of performance results The more complete the training analysis the more likely that the employees training will ultimately contribute results to the organization

BENIFITS OF TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT

Identifies performance goals and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by a companys workforce to achieve those goals

Identifies gaps in training provision in sectors and or regions Helps direct resources to areas of greatest priority Addresses resources needed to fulfil the organisational mission improve

productivity and provide quality products and services

Page| 16

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

312 INDUSTRIAL RELATION

Definition of Industrial Relations

Industrial relation is defined as relation of Individual or group of employee and employer for engaging themselves in a way to maximize the productive activitiesIn the words of Lester ldquoIndustrial relations involve attempts at arriving at solutions between the conflicting objectives and values between the profit motive and social gain between discipline and freedom between authority and industrial democracy between bargaining and co-operation and between conflicting interests of the individual the group and the community

Need for Industrial Relation

Need of Industrial Relation has arisen to defend the interest of workers for adjusting the reasonable salary or wages It also helps the workers to seek perfect working condition for producing maximum output Workersemployees are concerned with social security measures through this Industrial Relations is also needed for achieving the democracy by allowing worker to take part in management which helps to protect human rights of individual Salaries in India are much more attractive in Indian subcontinent As India is having flourishing economy the job opportunities are emerging and there is huge scope of expansion The salary pattern of India is also growing Even the seventh pay commission is also spreading the way to coming soon The Salaries of private sector is also in the upswing mode with the increase of 11 annually Although Inflation is one of the major factor which nullify the increase in the salary But still the inflation is lower than the increase in the salary So this can be seen as increase in the salary

ABOUT INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES (IES) OF METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

A person working in a factory or Industry is known as industrial Employee In Metal amp Steel Factory there are more than 2000 industrial employees who work in different Sections There are total 47 trades and each trade has again 5 grades The lowest grade is the Semi-skilled or Unskilled labour and the Highest grade of IES is Master Craftsman The labour Bureau a department of Metal amp Steel factory looks after the Industrial Employees Human Resource Development another department of metal amp Steel factory arranges training for the Industrial employees Industrial Employees are highly skilled and are literate They are directly recruited to semi skill grade and promoted accordingly trade test The industrial employees have to pass a trade test which contains both theoretical and practical knowledge to get promoted to next grade All the detail of recruitment of industrial employees are mentioned in SRO (Statutory Regulatory Order) Of the organisation According to 6 th Central Pay Commission Group D has been abolished so Industrial Employees now comes under only Group C

Page| 11

FIG3 A- GRADE CHART OF INDUSRTIAL EMLOYEES

Grade Pay Band Grade Pay Qualification Experience Trade Test

MCM 9300 ndash 34800- 4200- By promotion (same as HS I)

HS II- 7years

HS I- 3 years

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

Total10years

HS I 5200 ndash 20200- 2800- By promotion (Same as HS II)

HS II-3 years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

HS II 5200 ndash 20200- 2400- By promotion (Same as SK)

SK- 3years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SK 5200 ndash 20200- 1900- BY Promotion (Same as SSK)

SSK Annexure A(2years)

SSK Annexure B(3years)

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SSK 5200 ndash 20200- 1800- Essential passed ndash Vth Class

Desirable ndash Matriculate

No experience

By Direct Recruitment After Adjustment of Surplus

Page| 15

32 ABOUT THE TOPIC

A Training Need Assessment provides information on the training and skills development requirements of all members of your network It is one of the key steps in preparing a training plan and will provide you with information on which to base your networks training plan It enables you to

Identify the gap between current and required levels of knowledge skills and attitude Identify what the general content of training should be Form the foundation of a training plan Provide a baseline for the evaluation of a training plan Ensure that appropriate and relevant training is delivered Maximise use of scarce resources

Overall Purpose of Training Needs Assessment and AnalysisA training analysis is conducted ultimately to identify what areas of knowledge or behaviors that training needs to accomplish with learners The analysis considers what results the organization needs from the learner what knowledge and skills the learner presently has and usually concludes with identifying what knowledge and skills the learner must gain (the performance gap)

Usually this phase also includes identifying when training should occur and who should attend as learners Ideally criteria are established for the final evaluation of training to conclude if training goals were met or not

Depending on the resources and needs of the organization a training analysis can range from a very detailed inventory of skills to a general review of performance results The more complete the training analysis the more likely that the employees training will ultimately contribute results to the organization

BENIFITS OF TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT

Identifies performance goals and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by a companys workforce to achieve those goals

Identifies gaps in training provision in sectors and or regions Helps direct resources to areas of greatest priority Addresses resources needed to fulfil the organisational mission improve

productivity and provide quality products and services

Page| 16

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

FIG3 A- GRADE CHART OF INDUSRTIAL EMLOYEES

Grade Pay Band Grade Pay Qualification Experience Trade Test

MCM 9300 ndash 34800- 4200- By promotion (same as HS I)

HS II- 7years

HS I- 3 years

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

Total10years

HS I 5200 ndash 20200- 2800- By promotion (Same as HS II)

HS II-3 years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

HS II 5200 ndash 20200- 2400- By promotion (Same as SK)

SK- 3years Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SK 5200 ndash 20200- 1900- BY Promotion (Same as SSK)

SSK Annexure A(2years)

SSK Annexure B(3years)

Written + Practical (Followed by a training of 15-20 days)

SSK 5200 ndash 20200- 1800- Essential passed ndash Vth Class

Desirable ndash Matriculate

No experience

By Direct Recruitment After Adjustment of Surplus

Page| 15

32 ABOUT THE TOPIC

A Training Need Assessment provides information on the training and skills development requirements of all members of your network It is one of the key steps in preparing a training plan and will provide you with information on which to base your networks training plan It enables you to

Identify the gap between current and required levels of knowledge skills and attitude Identify what the general content of training should be Form the foundation of a training plan Provide a baseline for the evaluation of a training plan Ensure that appropriate and relevant training is delivered Maximise use of scarce resources

Overall Purpose of Training Needs Assessment and AnalysisA training analysis is conducted ultimately to identify what areas of knowledge or behaviors that training needs to accomplish with learners The analysis considers what results the organization needs from the learner what knowledge and skills the learner presently has and usually concludes with identifying what knowledge and skills the learner must gain (the performance gap)

Usually this phase also includes identifying when training should occur and who should attend as learners Ideally criteria are established for the final evaluation of training to conclude if training goals were met or not

Depending on the resources and needs of the organization a training analysis can range from a very detailed inventory of skills to a general review of performance results The more complete the training analysis the more likely that the employees training will ultimately contribute results to the organization

BENIFITS OF TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT

Identifies performance goals and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by a companys workforce to achieve those goals

Identifies gaps in training provision in sectors and or regions Helps direct resources to areas of greatest priority Addresses resources needed to fulfil the organisational mission improve

productivity and provide quality products and services

Page| 16

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

32 ABOUT THE TOPIC

A Training Need Assessment provides information on the training and skills development requirements of all members of your network It is one of the key steps in preparing a training plan and will provide you with information on which to base your networks training plan It enables you to

Identify the gap between current and required levels of knowledge skills and attitude Identify what the general content of training should be Form the foundation of a training plan Provide a baseline for the evaluation of a training plan Ensure that appropriate and relevant training is delivered Maximise use of scarce resources

Overall Purpose of Training Needs Assessment and AnalysisA training analysis is conducted ultimately to identify what areas of knowledge or behaviors that training needs to accomplish with learners The analysis considers what results the organization needs from the learner what knowledge and skills the learner presently has and usually concludes with identifying what knowledge and skills the learner must gain (the performance gap)

Usually this phase also includes identifying when training should occur and who should attend as learners Ideally criteria are established for the final evaluation of training to conclude if training goals were met or not

Depending on the resources and needs of the organization a training analysis can range from a very detailed inventory of skills to a general review of performance results The more complete the training analysis the more likely that the employees training will ultimately contribute results to the organization

BENIFITS OF TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT

Identifies performance goals and the knowledge skills and abilities needed by a companys workforce to achieve those goals

Identifies gaps in training provision in sectors and or regions Helps direct resources to areas of greatest priority Addresses resources needed to fulfil the organisational mission improve

productivity and provide quality products and services

Page| 16

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

3B Steps Of Training Need Assessment

DIFFERENT TYPES OF TRAINING METHODS CONDUCTED FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES IN METAL amp STEEL FACTORY

Induction Training Safety amp Health Hazard Training Quality Control Training Workman Training on Multi Skilling Fire fighting Training Kaizen amp Total Production Management Training Environment Management Training On Job Training on different Trade

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

PAGE|17

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY | CHAPTER 4

41 RESEARCH PLAN

The study involved exploratory and descriptive research process A research plan should include the following information topic background objectives methods data and execution It should also demonstrate that author is familiar with hisher topic and related research

Few instructions are to be followed while writing research plans-

A research includes two parts- an abstract and an actual research plan In the introduction a brief introduction should be presented about the

topic to the readers reasons for selecting that topic should be stated and the objectives of the study should be specified

The topic should be presented and stated clearly why it is important to study it Good reason include a lack of previous research social significance practical needs etc

The key theoretical premises and main concepts of your study should be introduced

Research problem and related research questions should be formulated in as much detail as possible ie what are being actually studied

Research questions should be formulated in such a way that we can answer them

411 DATA COLLECTION

The data was collected mainly from primary sources A well-structured questionnaire was designed for this purpose It contains both open ended and close ended questions where most of the questions were directed towards getting information about effectiveness of training methods conducted in METAL amp STEEL FACTORY ISHAPORE The data was also collected from secondary resources like company report and records

412 QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN

The primary data were collected with the help of well-structured questionnaire The questionnaire contains both multiple choice and open ended questions The questions were framed as per requirement of the study purpose

413 SAMPLE SIZE

The sample were selected on the basis of non-probability sampling The sample size was 20 Four Trade of Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory were chosen Each trade have five grade so 54=20 employees are selected

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

Page| 18

414 STASTICAL TOOL USED

Bar Diagram

415 FIELD WORK

The collection has been done through personal visit to Factories Sections Head and also Respondents from which valuable information has been gathered During the session respondents mentioned some points regarding their satisfaction and expectation level

416 ANALYSIS

The data collected from the respondent were analyzed by using statistical tools and techniques and accordingly recommendations were made on the basis of this analysis and observations of the collected data from the respondents

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

Page| 19

DATA ANANLYSIS AND FINDINGS | CHAPTER 5

As per as the Questionnaire filled up by the Industrial Employees The following Data has been collected and analysed

No of Respondents = 2 trade from 2 section again each trade having 5 grade

So total respondent = 2 sec 2trade 5grade = 20 Industrial Employees

Fig 61

ACS Section (IES) CCS section(IES)

Trade Grade Trade Grade

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Mechanist

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Fitter

MCMHS IHS IISKSSK

Table 61

As per the questionnaire marks allotted to the four parameters are as follows

Strongly Agree= 3 marks

Agree = 2 marks

Somewhat agree = 1 mark

Disagree = 0 mark

There are 20 questions and 20 respondents therefore total marks for ndash

Strongly Agree = 3 20 questions = 60 marks Agree = 2 20 questions = 40 marks Somewhat agree= 1 20 = 20 marks Disagree = 0 20 = 0 marks

Page| 20

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

Hence total range for 20 respondents = maximum marks 20 respondent= 3 20 = 60

And minimum marks 20 respondents = 0 20 =0 so the range is in between 0 and 60

Let us assume 30 to be the mid range ie results more than 30 as the total marks means positive results ie training is effective and below 30 marks means that the result is negative ie training is not effective

Graph Representation the no of Responses Given By the Industrial Employees of Metal amp Steel Factory

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10Q11Q12Q13Q14Q15Q16Q17Q18Q19Q200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Totalsomewhat agreeAgreeStrongly Agree

Fig 62 BAR DIGRAM REPRESENTATION OF NUBER OF RESPONSES GIVEN BY THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ORGANISATION

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

Page| 21

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

Let us know amp analyze the 20 questions one by one as follows-

QNo 1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

13 5 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

39 10 2 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 Industrial Employees 13 Strongly agree that the trainees are given enough time for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills during the training program while 5 agree 2 are somewhat agree and none of the employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks come out to be 51(Range 0-60) so majority of the employees agree with the statement

QNo 2 The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 4 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 8 1 0 54

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 employees 15 strongly agree that the training session conducted in Metal amp steel factory is useful for performing specific task while 4 agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 54( Range 0-60) so majority employees agree with the statement

Page| 22

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

QNo3 You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that they are able to communicate interact with the trainer when needed while 2 agree and none of them somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees strongly agree with the statement

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 2 0 51

QNo4 The work place of training is well equipped and designed

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that the work place of training is well designed and well equipped while 4 agree and 2 somewhat agree and none of them disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 23

QNo5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

Options Strongly Agree Agree (2) Somewhat Disagree Total

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

(3) Agree (1) (0)

Response Obtained

20 0 0 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the Industrial employees are provided training before trade test while none of them agree somewhat agree or disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo6 Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 0 4 16 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 0 4 0 4

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees no one strongly agree that training is provided after Trade test while 0 agree and 4 of them somewhat agree and 16 industrial employees disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 4 (Range 0-60) so majority of the industrial employees disagree with the statement

Page| 24

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

QNo7 Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that the industrial employees are provide induction training safety training amp Quality management training while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo8 Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

8 10 2 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

24 20 2 0 46

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees only 8 strongly agree that the trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program while 10 of them agree 2 somewhat agree and 0 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 46 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees agree with the statement

Page| 25

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

QNo9 Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the training improves the skill knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

14 5 1 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

42 10 1 0 53

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 14 strongly agree that the training has a measurable increase in the ability of industrial employees in performing hisher existing job while 5 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 53 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 26

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

QNo11 Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

10 7 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

30 14 3 0 47

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 10 strongly agree that appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results while 7 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 47 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo12 Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 27

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

QNo13 The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

18 2 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

54 4 0 0 58

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 18 strongly agree that the content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles while 2 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 58 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

15 2 3 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

45 4 3 0 51

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 15 strongly agree that a sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs while 2 of them agree 3 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 51 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 28

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

QNo15 Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

2 6 1 11 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

6 12 1 0 19

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 2 strongly agree that feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training while 6 of them agree 1 somewhat agree and 11 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 19 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees disagree with the statement

QNo16 The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that the trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 29

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

QNo17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

16 4 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

48 8 0 0 56

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 16 strongly agree that you feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 4 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 56 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo18 You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

20 0 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

60 0 0 0 60

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 20 strongly agree that they feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates while 0 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 60 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

Page| 30

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

QNo19 You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

17 3 0 0 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

51 6 0 0 57

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 17 strongly agree that they feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills while 3 of them agree 0 somewhat agree and no one disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 57 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees strongly agree with the statement

QNo20 The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Options Strongly Agree (3)

Agree (2) Somewhat Agree (1)

Disagree (0)

Total

Response Obtained

0 5 12 3 20

Marks Allotted after Calculation

0 10 12 0 22

From the above analysis it is seen that out of 20 industrial employees 0 strongly agree that The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES while 5 of them agree 12 somewhat agree and 3 disagree with the above statement Thus it can be interpreted that as the total marks comes out to be 22 (Range 0 to 60) so the employees somewhat agree with the statement

Page| 31

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

MAJOR FINDINGS

Training has been able to build up confidence of the Industrial Employees

Training helps in the gap between the superiors and sub-ordinates

Training has been highly useful in improving the overall capability and attitude

towards work of the Industrial Employees

Training has been helpful in increasing the skill knowledge and sense of

responsibility of the employees

Training helps in improving the overall behavior of the Industrial employees

The company focuses more on workmen training on Multi skilling

The Respondents are satisfied with the training program

Page| 32

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

TRAINING NEED ASSESSMENT QUESTIONAAIRE FOR INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYEES

(Metal amp Steel Factory Ishapore)

(For Purpose of Research amp MBA Summer Internship Project only)

Personal Details -

Name ______________________ _________________________ __________________________

Age years

Sex M F

Any Physical Disability Yes No If yes then _____________________________________________

Designation in MSF Labour Semi skilled Skilled HS II HS IMCMChargeman

Trade name __________________________________

Sec name __________________________________

Date Of Joining The Organisation _______________________

Education Details -

Highest Qualification Matriculation Hs Diploma Graduation Post Graduation

Institute Name ________________________________________________________________

Institute Location __________________

Garde Percentage __________________

Other Industrial Course Training Yes No If yes then

Training Institute Name _______________________________________

Course Name ________________________________________

Duration ______________ daysmonthsYears

Any Experience Before Joining MSF - Yes No If Yes then

Company name _______________________________________________________________

Designation _____________________

Grade ______________________

Page| 33

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

PARAMETERS RESPONSE REMARKS

Strongly agree (3)

Agree (2)

Somewhat agree (1)

Disagree (0)

1Enough time is given to the trainees during the training program for learning and implementing new knowledge and skills

2The training session conducted in Metal and Steel Factory is useful for performing task

3You are able to communicateInteract with the trainer or HRD department when needed

4The work place of training is well equipped and designed

5 Industrial Employees are provided training before trade test

6Industrial Employees are given training after Trade Test

7Industrial Employees are provided with Induction training Safety Training and Quality management Training

8Trainees performance is measured before during and after a training program

9Training improves the skill Knowledge amp sense of responsibility of an employee

10 Training has a measurable increase in the ability of

Page| 34

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

industrial employees in performing hisher existing job

11Appropriate feedback is provided to trainees based on their evaluation results

12Training has an important role in improving the overall behaviour of employees

13The content of the training is prepared according to traineesrsquo job profiles

14 A sufficient amount of both theoretical and practical content is included in training programs

15Feedback from trainees is captured before during and after the training

16The trainees are found to be more confident after completion of training programs

17 You feel training helps in bridging the gap between superiors and subordinates

18You feel trainers have adequate communication and teaching skill

19You feel it is highly useful attending such training programs and it adds value to your overall performance and technical skills

20The training need assessment of Industrial Labour is recorded regularly and training is provided on regular basis based on training need assessment report of IES

Page| 35

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

Training amp Development Details

SL No

Training name Duration Skill level Remarks

Before Training

After Training

1

2

3

4

5

Fill up the following

Sl no Training Duration Feedback (GoodSatisfactoryPoor)

1 Induction Training

2 Safety training

3

Quality Management Training

Indicate the area where wastage control has been made effective in the floor shop

1

2

3

4

Page| 36

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

Indicate four specific area in which knowledge if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate four specific area in which improved skills if acquired by you will help you to work more effectively and efficiently

1

2

3

4

Indicate Below the CoursesTraining programmes in which your opinion will be useful for you in overall development to function as a team member of the organisation Please give your valuable suggestion regarding improvement of Training amp Development System of MSF-

Ans-

Page| 37

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

CONCLUSION |CHAPTER 7

After going through the study it was found that the overall training program conducted by METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good The Industrial Employees are satisfied with the training programs rendered by the industry though some modifications are required

Training program should be conducted more frequently not only for the fresher but also for the existing Industrial employees in order to improve their skills and motivate them so that they can perform in a much better way which will not only benefit them but also the Organization At the same time more improve techniques and training methods should be used to train them Training must be conducted not only before trade test but also after trade test More training must be provided to the industrial employees who fails the trade test and continuous assessment report should be generated and kept into record Organisation must collect monthly assessment report from all the industrial employees and based on these report training must be conducted Training should not only be given in concerned section of factory but the trainees should also have adequate knowledge of all other sections of the factories

Thus though the overall performance of METAL amp STEEL FACTORY is good in every aspect with certain modification it can reach to a greater height Hope this findings and recommendations benefit the Organization and full fill the required objectives

Page| 38

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

LIMITATIONS OF THE PROJECT |CHAPTER 8

The information has been collected from both Primary and Secondary data sources The datarsquos are collected very carefully to avoid any kind of shortcomings in the collection so that I can present an unbiased project report In spite of my effort there are certain limitations which may slightly affect the result to certain extent Some of the limitation include

The first limitation in the project work is the shortage and limitation of time Keeping in the mind the time limit the sample size was confined to 20 only

The feedback given by Industrial employees is based on their experience and perception and may suffer some biasness

Free interactions with the employees are not possible due to their packed working schedule

Some informationrsquos are kept confidential for security purpose Lack of interest of respondents may have allowed biasness to creep this

report Lack of proper report of Industrial employees

Page| 39

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

RECOMMENDATION amp SUGGESTIONS |CHAPTER 9

o Performance Assessment report of Industrial Employees must be recorded on daily or

monthly basis

o Industrial Employees must be given training before and after trade test

o Training should be conducted on quarterly or monthly basis in order to motivate the

employees

o More time should be given to the trainees accordingly to their requirement and needs

o Try to identify the problems of Industrial employees and provide counseling

accordingly

o Re-Training should be given to the workers who are not performing well

o The trainees should be provided handouts where every details of their work are given

for better understanding

o The trainer should be given equal importance to both pre and post training analysis of

the industrial employees

o The trainee should be provided appropriate feedback based on the evaluated results at

frequent intervals

Page| 40

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

APPENDIX

Dear SirMadam

I am a student of MBA 3rd semester under MAKAUT As an integral part of our

course curriculum I am conducting a project on the topic titled ldquo A Study on Training Need

Assessment of Industrial Employees in Metal amp Steel Factory Ishaporerdquo I am requesting

you to kindly extend your cooperation in filling this Questionnaire which would be enable me

to attain the objectives of my study I assure you this information will be kept confidential

and will be used for academic purpose only

Zubair Inam BArbhuiya

MBA 3rd Sem IEM Kolkata

Page| 41

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42

BIBLIOGRAPHY REFERENCES

Books Referred

Ordinance factory learning institute handbook

Research Methodology Method and Techniques CR Kothari

Sites Referred

wwwmsfgovin

httpofbgovinunitsindexphpunit=msf

wwwgooglecom

wwwOfbgovin

Page| 42